HomeMy WebLinkAbout02.03.2025 FINAL TC BOT AGENDA PACKETTown of Westlake
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
Town Council/Board of Trustees
Agenda - Final
Council Chamber4:15 PMMonday, February 3, 2025
The Town Council of the Town of Westlake serves as the governing board for Westlake Academy.
This agenda may contain both municipal and Westlake Academy items, which will be clearly identified.
In an effort of transparency, this meeting will be viewable to the public via Live Stream and also
available for viewing after the meeting. In an effort of meeting efficiency, any residents wishing to
speak on action items must submit a speaker request form to the Town Secretary prior to the start of
the meeting.
NOTE: As authorized by Section 551.071 of the Texas Government Code, Town Council may enter
into closed Executive Session for the purpose of seeking confidential legal advice from the
Town/School Attorney on any agenda item listed herein.
A.CALL REGULAR MEETING TO ORDER AND ANNOUNCE A QUORUM PRESENT
B.INVOCATION AND PLEDGES OF ALLEGIANCE
C.CITIZEN/PARENT COMMENTS
This is an opportunity for citizens to address the Town Council or Board of Trustees on any
matter, whether or not it is posted on the agenda. Any residents wishing to speak on action
items must submit a speaker request form to the Town Secretary prior to the start of the
meeting. Individual citizen comments are normally limited to three (3) minutes. The presiding
officer may ask the citizen to hold their comment on an agenda item if the item is posted as a
Public Hearing.The Town Council and Board of Trustees cannot by law take action nor have
any discussion or deliberations on any presentation made at this time concerning an item not
listed on the agenda. The Town Council and Board of Trustees will receive the information,
ask staff to review the matter, or an item may be noticed on a future agenda for deliberation or
action.
D.ITEMS OF COMMUNITY INTEREST
D.1.Items of Community Interest (Communications Director Jon Sasser)25-36
E.PRESENTATION(S)
E.1.Westlake Academy International Baccalaureate (IB): Leaders in the Field
(Michelle Briggs, Westlake Academy Director of Innovation and
Development)
WA 25-103
Page 1 of 3
1
Town Council/Board of Trustees Agenda - Final February 3, 2025
F.CONSENT AGENDA
All items listed below are considered routine by the Town Council and /or Board of Trustees
and will be enacted with one motion. There will be no separate discussion of items unless a
Council/Board Member or citizen so requests, in which event the item will be removed from
the general order of business and considered in its normal sequence .
F.1.Discuss, consider and act to approve the January 21, 2025 Joint Town
Council and Planning and Zoning Commission Workshop Meeting
Minutes (Town Secretary Dianna Buchanan)
25-31
F.2.Discuss, consider and act to approve the January 21, 2025 Town
Council/Board of Trustees Regular Meeting Minutes (Town Secretary
Dianna Buchanan)
25-32
G.REGULAR AGENDA ITEMS
G.1.(TABLED 1/21/2025) Discuss, consider and act to approve Resolution
25-04 approving a Development Agreement between the Town of
Westlake, Texas and Otter Partners, LP, for subdivision improvements for
Westlake Ventanas, a residential development to be designed and built in
adjacency to Solana Boulevard. (Jason Alexander, AICP, CEcD, Deputy
Town Manager)
RES 25-04
v2
G.2.Discuss, consider, and act to approve the purchase of a new fire engine
not to exceed $1.3 million dollars.
25-38
G.3.Discuss, consider and act regarding WA Resolution 25-03 adopting the
Westlake Academy Academic Calendar for School Year 2025-2026
(Head of School Dr. Kelly Ritchie)
WA RES
25-03
G.4.Discuss, consider and act regarding WA Resolution 25-02 to add one
additional section of 4th grade for School Year 2025-2026 and one
section of Pre-K (4 year old) class for School Year 2025-2026 (Dr. Kelly
Ritchie, Head of School)
WA RES
25-02
G.5.Discuss, consider and act to approve Resolution 25-06, a Resolution by
the Town Council of the Town of Westlake, Texas, approving the
participation of the Town in the Texas Enterprise Zone Program pursuant
to the Texas Enterprise Zone Act, Chapter 2303 of the Texas Local
Government Code, as amended; nominating Charles Schwab & Co ., Inc.
to the Governor’s Office for Economic Development and Tourism as a
Triple Jumbo Enterprise Project through the Economic Development
Bank; and authorizing the Town Manager or Designee to execute any
related documents in support of that nomination. (Jason Alexander, AICP,
CEcD, Deputy Town Manager)
RES 25-06
Page 2 of 3
2
Town Council/Board of Trustees Agenda - Final February 3, 2025
H.DISCUSSION ITEM
H.1.Discussion concerning recent conversations with multiple elected
legislators regarding appropriate school funding for Westlake Academy
(Mayor Kim Greaves)
WA 25-102
I.EXECUTIVE SESSION
The Town Council/Board of Trustees will conduct a closed session pursuant to Section
551.071 (2) of the Texas Government Code, for the purpose of seeking confidential legal
advice from the City Attorney/Westlake Academy Attorney for the following :
I.1.Section 551.071: Consultation with and legal advice from the Town
Attorney regarding pending litigation - Vertical Bridge v . Town of Westlake
25-33
I.2.Section 551.087: Deliberation regarding Economic Development
Negotiations to deliberate the offer of a financial or other incentive to a
business prospect:
a) Project ED 25-01, and
b) Project ED 25-02.
25-34
I.3.Section 551.073: Deliberation regarding prospective gifts related to
Westlake Academy facilities.
25-37
J.TAKE ANY ACTION, IF NEEDED, FROM EXECUTIVE SESSION ITEMS
K.FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
L.STAFF RECAP OF COUNCIL DIRECTION
M.ADJOURNMENT
I certify that the above notice was posted on the bulletin board at Town of Westlake, Town Hall,
located at 1500 Solana Blvd., Building 7, Suite 7100, Westlake, TX 76262, in compliance with the
Texas Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551 of the Texas Government Code.
__________________________
Town Secretary
Disabilities Notice: If you plan to attend the meeting and have a disability that requires special
needs, please contact the Town Secretary's Office 48 hours in advance at Ph. 817-490-5711 and
reasonable accommodations will be made to assist you.
Page 3 of 3
3
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:25-36 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:D.1.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Items of Community Interest (Communications Director Jon Sasser)
STAFF:Communications Director Jon Sasser
BACKGROUND:
Pursuant to Texas Government Code Section 551.0415 the Town Council (and or designee)may report on the
following items:(1)expression of thanks,congratulations,or condolences;(2)information about holiday
schedules;(3)recognition of individuals;(4)reminders about upcoming Town Council events;(5)information
about community events; and (6) announcements involving imminent threat to public health and safety.
NOTABLE ITEMS AND UPCOMING EVENTS:
Planning & Zoning Commission Meeting
Tuesday, February 4, 2025; 5 pm
1500 Solana Blvd, Westlake, TX
Town Hall/Municipal Court CLOSED
Presidents’ Day
Monday, February 17, 2025
Town Council Meeting
Tuesday, February 18, 2025; 4 pm
1500 Solana Blvd, Westlake, TX
ADDITIONAL ITEMS
·Town Council Election info:
Would you like to serve on Westlake's Town Council/Board of Trustees? There are four seats to choose from:
*Place 1: Runs through May 2025-May 2027
*Place 3: Runs through May 2025-May 2027
*Place 5: Runs through May 2025-May 2027
*Place 2: Runs through May 2025-May 2026
The candidate filing period runs through February 14,2025.The actual election is May 3rd.Applications are
accepted by the Town Secretary's Office Monday through Friday from 8 am to 5 pm.Visit our election
website for more information
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™4
File #:25-36 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:D.1.
·WQA: Last month
Every March,the Town of Westlake calculates each resident’s sewer volume utilizing the Winter
Quarter Average rate method.This is determined by averaging the usage of water in December,
January,and February of each calendar year -typically the lowest 3 months of usage in the year.
This average then sets the billing volume of sewer usage for the following 12 months.
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™5
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:WA 25-103 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:
WESTLAKE ACADEMY STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Westlake Academy International Baccalaureate (IB): Leaders in the Field (Michelle Briggs, Westlake Academy
Director of Innovation and Development)
STAFF:
(Michelle Briggs, Westlake Academy Director of Innovation and Development)
Presentation of one in a series of videos:
Westlake Academy International Baccalaureate (IB): Leaders in the Field
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™6
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:25-31 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:F.1.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Discuss,consider and act to approve the January 21,2025 Joint Town Council and Planning and Zoning
Commission Workshop Meeting Minutes (Town Secretary Dianna Buchanan)
STAFF:Town Secretary Dianna Buchanan
BACKGROUND:
The Town Council and Planning and Zoning Commission Joint Workshop Meeting Minutes from January 21,
2025 are attached for review and consideration of approval.
Once approved,all meeting minutes will be executed and uploaded to the Town of Westlake website for
transparency and Laserfiche software for state retention compliance.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the minutes.
ATTACHMENTS:
01.21.2025 Joint TC and PandZ Joint Workshop Meeting Minutes
TOWN COUNCIL ACTION/OPTIONS:
1)Motion to approve minutes, as presented.
2)Motion to approve the minutes with the following corrections/changes (please state corrections/changes
in motion)
3)Motion to table
4)Motion to deny
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™7
8
9
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:25-32 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:F.2.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Discuss,consider and act to approve the January 21,2025 Town Council/Board of Trustees Regular Meeting
Minutes (Town Secretary Dianna Buchanan)
STAFF:Dianna Buchanan, Town Secretary
BACKGROUND:
The January 21,2025 Town Council Regular Meeting Minutes are attached for review and consideration of
approval.
Once approved, all meeting minutes will be executed and uploaded to the Town of Westlake website for
transparency and Laserfiche software for state retention compliance
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the minutes.
ATTACHMENT(S):
01.21.2025 TC/BOT Regular Meeting Minutes
TOWN COUNCIL ACTION/OPTIONS:
1)Motion to approve minutes, as presented.
2)Motion to approve the minutes with the following corrections/changes (please state corrections/changes in
motion)
3)Motion to table
4)Motion to deny
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™10
Page 1 of 4
Town of Westlake
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
Town Council/Board of Trustees
Meeting Minutes - Draft
Tuesday, January 21, 2025 4:00 PM Council Chamber
A. CALL REGULAR MEETING TO ORDER AND ANNOUNCE A QUORUM PRESENT
Mayor Greaves called the meeting to order at 4:00 pm and announced a quorum present.
PRESENT:
Mayor Kim Greaves
Mayor Pro Tem Tammy Reeves
Council Member Todd Gautier
Council Member Michael Yackira
Council Member Anna White
Council Member Asselta (virtually present, joined at 4:09 pm)
STAFF PRESENT:
Town Manager Wade Carroll Deputy Town Manager Jason Alexander
Town Secretary Dianna Buchanan IT Director Jason Power
Communications Director Jon Sasser Town Attorney Stan Lowry
School Attorney Janet Bubert Fire Chief John Ard
Finance Director Cayce Lay Lamas Public Works Director Cheryl Taylor
Assistant Public Works Director Kyle Flanagan Human Resources Director Sandy Garza
Academy Finance Manager Marlene Rutledge Development Coordinator Kiana Pennywell
WA Middle School Principal Maxwell Ituah
B. INVOCATION AND PLEDGES OF ALLEGIANCE
Pastor Nick Billardello, Abiding Grace Lutheran Church, Southlake, provided the invocation.
Mayor Greaves and Westlake Academy Middle School Principal Maxwell Ituah introduced
Westlake Academy students Cecilia Bugarin, 5th grade and Isaiah Bugarin, 2nd grade, to assist
with leading the pledges to the U.S. Flag and the Texas Flag. Pledges recited.
C. CITIZEN/PARENT COMMENTS
There was no one to comment at this time.
D. ITEMS OF COMMUNITY INTEREST
D.1. 25-29 Items of Community Interest (Communications Director Jon Sasser)
Communications Director Jon Sasser reported upcoming items of community
interest.
11
Town Council/Board of Trustees Meeting Minutes - Draft January 21, 2025
Page 2 of 4
E. PRESENTATION
The Texas Student Housing Authority Annual Report was presented by Ms. Tracy Harrow,
Executive Director, TSHA. Mayor Greaves would like to schedule a work session to include the
TSHA and Town Council in the near future.
F. CONSENT AGENDA
F.1. 25-20 Discuss, consider and act to approve the Town Council/Board of Trustees
Minutes for the January 6, 2025 Regular Meeting (Dianna Buchanan, Town
Secretary)
F.2. 25-27 Discuss, consider and act to approve corrected April 1, 2024 Joint Town
Council and Planning & Zoning Commission Meeting Minutes (Town
Secretary Dianna Buchanan)
F.3. WA RES
25-01
Discuss, consider and act to approve WA Resolution 25-01 to approve
amended 2024-2025 Athletic Stipend Schedule. (Sandy Garza, Human
Resources Director)
Motion by Council Member White and Motion Second by Council Member
Yackira to approve the consent agenda. Mayor Greaves called for the vote.
MOTION TO APPROVE THE CONSENT AGENDA APPROVED
UNANIMOUSLY.
G. REGULAR AGENDA ITEMS
G.1.
G.2.
ORD-1018
RES 25-04
Discuss, consider and act to adopt Ordinance 1018 approving architectural
standards and an architectural pattern book for the Villaggio Residential
Development.
Deputy Town Manager Jason Alexander presented the item. The applicant's
representative was present to answer questions. Motion by Council Member
White and Motion Second by Mayor Pro Tem Reeves to Adopt Ordinance
1018 approving architectural standards and an architectural pattern book for
the Villagio Residential Development as presented. Mayor Greaves called for
the vote.
MOTION TO ADOPT ORDINANCE 1018 AS PRESENTED APPROVED
UNANIMOUSLY.
Discuss, consider and act to approve Resolution 25-04 approving a
Development Agreement between the Town of Westlake, Texas and Otter
Partners, LP, for subdivision improvements for Westlake Ventanas, a
residential development to be designed and built in adjacency to Solana
Boulevard. (Jason Alexander, AICP, CEcD, Deputy Town Manager)
Deputy Town Manager Jason Alexander presented the item. Developer for
the project, Frank Bonilla, addressed Council regarding the proposed
Development Agreement and provided Council with handouts regarding the
developer's agreement, the proposed gate, queing of traffic from Solana
Boulevard and visibility triangles. Town Council wants the developer to
update the development agreement as discussed. Motion by Council
Member Asselta and Motion Second by Council Member White to table the
item to the next Town Council meeting which is scheduled for February 3,
2025. Mayor Greaves called for the vote.
12
Town Council/Board of Trustees Meeting Minutes - Draft January 21, 2025
Page 3 of 4
MOTION TO TABLE RESOLUTION 25-04 TO THE FEBRUARY 3, 2025
TOWN COUNCIL MEETING APPROVED UNANIMOUSLY.
G.3. 25-25 Discuss, consider and act to approve the purchase of a new fire engine not to
exceed $1.3 million dollars (Fire Chief John Ard)
Mayor Greaves announced that at the request of staff, this item is being
moved to the February 3rd meeting agenda.
G.4. RES 25-02 Consider approving Resolution 25-02 authorizing the Town Manager to
contract with inCon-Trol Water Systems to repair and update the existing well
system at Glenwyck Park through a Master Interlocal Agreement with the
City of Southlake in an amount not to exceed $71,000. (Cheryl Taylor,
Director of Public Works)
Public Works Director Cheryl Taylor presented the item. Motion by Council
Member White and Motion Second by Council Member Yackira to approve
Resolution 25-02 authorizing the Town Manager to contract with inCon-Trol
Water Systems to repair and update the existing well system at Glenwyck
Park in an amount not to exceed $71,000 through a Master Interlocal
Agreement with the City of Southlake. Mayor Greaves called for the vote.
MOTION TO APPROVE RESOLUTION 25-02 AS PRESENTED
APPROVED UNANIMOUSLY.
G.5. 25-26 Consider and act to excuse Mayor and Council absence(s), if any.
Motion by Council Member White and Motion Second by Mayor Pro Tem
Reeves to excuse Council Member Asselta's absence from the January 6,
2025 Town Council Regular Meeting. Mayor Greaves called for the vote.
MOTION APPROVED UNANIMOUSLY.
At 5:38 pm, Mayor Greaves announced that the Regular Meeting would be
recessed to hold a Joint Town Council and Planning and Zoning Commission
Workshop following a short break.
At 6:45 pm, Mayor Greaves reconvened the Regular Meeting from the Joint Town Council and
Planning and Zoning Commission Workshop.
H. EXECUTIVE SESSION
Mayor Greaves announced the items for Executive Session and recessed the Regular Meeting to
Executive Session at 6:46 pm.
H.1.
H.2.
H.3.
25-17
25-21
25-22
Section 551.087: Deliberation regarding Economic Development
Negotiations to deliberate the offer of a financial or other incentive to a
business prospect: Project ED 25-01.
Section 551.074(1): Deliberation regarding Personnel Matters - to deliberate
the appointment, employment, evaluation, reassignment, duties, of a public
officer or employee:
a) Planning and Zoning Commission
b) Westlake Development Corporation, Inc. Board (EDC Type 4B)
Section 551.071: Consultation with and legal advice from the Town Attorney
regarding pending litigation - Vertical Bridge v. Town of Westlake
13
Town Council/Board of Trustees Meeting Minutes - Draft January 21, 2025
Page 4 of 4
H.4. 25-30 Section 551.071: Consultation with and legal advice from the Academy
Attorney regarding special education due process complaint
Mayor Greaves reconvened the Regular Meeting from Executive Session at 7:39 pm.
I. TAKE ANY ACTION, IF NEEDED, FROM EXECUTIVE SESSION ITEMS
Mayor Greaves asked if there was any action from Executive Session and there was.
Motion by Council Member Yackira and Motion Second by Council Member White to remove Ms.
Linda Bjorn from Place 6 of the Planning and Zoning Commission. Mayor Greaves called for the
vote.
MOTION TO REMOVE LINDA BJORN FROM PLACE 6 OF THE PLANNING AND ZONING
COMMISSION APPROVED UNANIMOUSLY.
Motion by Council Member Yackira and Motion Second by Mayor Pro Tem Reeves to appoint Ms.
Jennifer Konz-Alt to Place 6 of the Planning and Zoning Commission term through June 2025.
Mayor Greaves called for the vote.
MOTION TO APPOINT JENNIFER KONZ-ALT TO PLACE 6 OF THE PLANNING AND ZONING
COMMISSION APPROVED UNANIMOUSLY.
J. FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
These items were mentioned together with the Staff Recap of Council Direction.
K. STAFF RECAP OF COUNCIL DIRECTION
Town Manager Wade Carroll summarized direction received from Town Council. Town Council
would like to schedule a workshop with the Texas Student Housing Authority soon, have the
redlined development agreement for Ventanas on the next agenda, and ask Dr. Ritchie to report
about special education challenges in the near future.
L. ADJOURNMENT
Mayor Greaves adjourned the meeting at 7:41 pm.
Kim Greaves, Mayor
ATTEST:
Town Secretary Dianna Buchanan
14
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:RES 25-04 v2 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.1.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
(TABLED 1/21/2025)Discuss,consider and act to approve Resolution 25-04 approving a Development
Agreement between the Town of Westlake,Texas and Otter Partners,LP,for subdivision improvements for
Westlake Ventanas,a residential development to be designed and built in adjacency to Solana Boulevard.(Jason
Alexander, AICP, CEcD, Deputy Town Manager)
STAFF:Jason Alexander, AICP, CEcD, Deputy Town Manager
BACKGROUND:
Pursuant to the provisions contained in Sec.102-316 of the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances entitled,
“Development agreements”,a development agreement is required for “all land which is platted for
development purposes and all planned development zoning.”
In accordance with the provisions in Sec.102-316 of the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances,a development
agreement has been prepared for Westlake Ventanas (the “Development”).Part of the Entrada Planned
Development ---Westlake Ventanas will result in the design and the construction of 51 detached single-family
homes.
As proposed,the terms and conditions in this development agreement are intended to address the minimum
requirements of Sec.102-316 of the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances ---for the creation and retention of
public and private benefits --- with an emphasis on the following:
·That all grading shall comply with the provisions found in the Developer’s Agreement for Westlake
Ventanas and when applicable Chapter 36 of the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances;
·That all garage doors facing a front lot line be setback a minimum of 10 feet such that all “view
corridors to ensure the safety of residents backing out driveways” are provided on each lot as required
by Ordinance No. 1001 approved by the Town Council on August 19, 2024;
·That the required payment of $10,000.00 to be made to the Westlake Academy for each residential lot to
be developed within Westlake Ventanas has been paid (payment has been made); and
·That building materials and other architectural standards will be enforced pursuant to the Westlake
Ventanas Final Development Standards seen in Exhibit “C”.
DISCUSSION:
This development agreement is intended to satisfy the provisions in Sec.102-316 of the Town of Westlake
Code of Ordinances and to establish the specific obligations and responsibilities for the Town of Westlake and
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™15
File #:RES 25-04 v2 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.1.
Otter Partners, LP.
The purpose of this Agreement is to ensure that:(i)all proposed improvements and infrastructure appropriately
serve the individual lots within the Development;(ii)identify whether the Town of Westlake or the Developer
is responsible for the installation and maintenance of the proposed improvements and infrastructure;(iii)
provide additional standards for the aesthetic quality and the visual quality of new construction;and (iv)
otherwise ensure that the Development achieves the requirements of zoning.
FISCAL IMPACT:
N/A.
DEPARTMENT OF PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the Developer’s Agreement with Otter Partners, LP be approved as presented.
ATTACHMENT(S):
1.Resolution 25-04
2.Exhibit “A” - Development Agreement
3.Exhibit “B” - Property Description
4.Exhibit “C” - Architectural Standards for Westlake Ventanas
TOWN COUNCIL ACTION / OPTIONS:
1)Motion to approve;
2)Motion to approve with amendments;
3)Motion to deny; or
4)Motion to table to a specific date.
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™16
RESOLUTION 25-04
Page 1 of 4
TOWN OF WESTLAKE
RESOLUTION NO. 25-04
A RESOLUTION BY THE TOWN COUNCIL OF THE TOWN OF WESTLAKE, TEXAS,
APPROVING A DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT FOR SUBDIVISION
IMPROVEMENTS BETWEEN THE TOWN OF WESTLAKE, TEXAS AND OTTER
PARTNERS, LP FOR WESTLAKE VENTANAS RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT (PD
1-2, PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT 1-2), AND AUTHORIZING THE TOWN
MANAGER OR DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE THE AGREEMENT.
WHEREAS, the Property is located within PD 1-2, Planned Development District 1-2,
that is commonly known as “WESTLAKE ENTRADA”, as approved by Ordinance No. 703 by
the Town Council on the 22ND day of APRIL 2013; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions approved by Ordinance No. 703 by the Town
Council on the 22ND day of APRIL 2013, a development plan subject to review and approval by
the Town Council is required, and such development plan was approved by Ordinance No. 720 by
the Town Council on the 28TH day of OCTOBER 2013 (the “Development Plan”); and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 830, as
adopted by the Town on the 19TH day of JUNE 2017; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 918, as
adopted by the Town on the 26TH day of OCTOBER 2020; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 934, as
adopted by the Town on the 23RD day of AUGUST 2021; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 959, as
adopted by the Town on the 5TH day of DECEMBER 2022; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 994, as
adopted by the Town on the 1ST day of APRIL 2024; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 997, as
adopted by the Town on the 3RD day of JUNE 2024; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 1001,
as adopted by the Town on the 19TH day of AUGUST 2024, including a revised Development
Plan attached thereto as EXHIBIT “A” and included therein for all references and purposes; and
17
RESOLUTION 25-04
Page 2 of 4
WHEREAS, the Development Plan amended by Ordinance No. 1001, as adopted by the
Town on the 19TH day of AUGUST 2024, included specific provisions relating to the Property,
including Architectural Standards “according to the development guidelines and standards for The
Knolls Development” and that the amendment to the Development Plan for the development of
this portion of Westlake Entrada shall further reflect approval provided by Ordinance No. 959, as
adopted by the Town on the 5TH day of DECEMBER 2022; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan amended by Ordinance No. 1001, included conditions
that apply to “all further applications for development that are submitted pursuant to the Entrada
Development Plan”; and
WHEREAS, the Town of Westlake, Texas (the “Town”) is a duly created and validly
existing Type A General Law Municipality, created under the laws of the State of Texas, including
particularly, but not by way of limitation, Chapter 51, Texas Local Government Code, as amended
(the “Code”); and
WHEREAS, the Town and Otter Partners, LP (the “Developer”) desire to enter into an
agreement through a Development Agreement, which sets out certain responsibilities for the Town
and the Developer as it relates to the development in Westlake; and,
WHEREAS, the Developer, as the owner of land located within the Town, intends to
develop the approximately 22.164 acres of land fronting Solana Boulevard (the “Property”), and
the development and construction on the Property is expected to significantly enhance the tax base
of the Town; and
WHEREAS, the Town and the Developer desire to enter into a partnership to continue this
planned growth through a Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements, which sets out
responsibilities for the Town and the Developer as it relates to the development in Westlake; and,
WHEREAS, the Town Council finds that the passage of this Resolution is in the best
interest of the citizens of Westlake.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE TOWN COUNCIL OF THE TOWN
OF WESTLAKE, TEXAS:
SECTION 1: That, all matters stated in the Recitals hereinabove are found to be true and
correct and are incorporated herein by reference as if copied in their entirety.
SECTION 2: That, the Town Council of the Town of Westlake, Texas, hereby approves
the Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements attached hereto as EXHIBIT “A”,
with the Developer; and further authorizes the Town Manager to execute said agreement s and
pursue any necessary procedures on behalf of the Town of Westlake.
SECTION 3: If any portion of this Resolution shall, for any reason, be declared invalid
by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect the remaining provision ns
18
RESOLUTION 25-04
Page 3 of 4
hereof and the Council hereby determines that it would have adopted this Resolution without the
invalid provision.
SECTION 4: That this resolution shall become effective from and after its date of
passage.
PASSED AND APPROVED ON THIS 3rd DAY OF FEBRUARY 2025.
_____________________________
Kim Greaves, Mayor
ATTEST:
________________________________
Dianna Buchanan, Town Secretary
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
____________________________
L. Stanton Lowry, Town Attorney
19
RESOLUTION 25-04
Page 4 of 4
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT “A” — DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT FOR SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENTS
EXHIBIT “B” — PROPERTY DESCRIPTION
EXHIBIT “C” — ARCHITECTURAL STANDARDS FOR THE KNOLLS
20
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 1 of 27
DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT FOR SUBDIVISION IMPROVEMENTS
FOR
WESTLAKE VENTANAS
This Development Agreement (this “AGREEMENT”) is made and entered into on this 3RD day
of FEBRUARY, 2025 (the “EFFECTIVE DATE”) by and between the Town of Westlake,
Texas, a Type A General Municipality located in the State of Texas (the “TOWN”), and OTTER
PARTNERS, LP, a Texas Limited Partnership duly incorporated in the State of Texas (the
“DEVELOPER”) to establish the terms and conditions for designing and installing infrastructure
and other related improvements for WESTLAKE VENTANAS, a residential development
approved by Ordinance No. 994 by the Town Council on the 1ST day of APRIL, 2024 and subject
to certain conditions as set forth in Ordinance No. 1001 approved by the Town Council on the
19TH day of AUGUST, 2024 (the “DEVELOPMENT” as further defined below). The Town and
the Developer may also be referred to collectively as the “PARTIES”, or individually as a
“PARTY”.
WHEREAS, the Developer either owns or will own certain real property more particularly
described on EXHIBIT “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference for all purposes
(the “PROPERTY” as further defined below); and
WHEREAS, the Property is located within PD 1-2, Planned Development District 1-2,
that is commonly known as “WESTLAKE ENTRADA”, as approved by Ordinance No. 703 by
the Town Council on the 22ND day of APRIL 2013; and
21
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 2 of 27
WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions approved by Ordinance No. 703 by the Town
Council on the 22ND day of APRIL 2013, a development plan subject to review and approval by
the Town Council is required, and such development plan was approved by Ordinance No. 720 by
the Town Council on the 28TH day of OCTOBER 2013 (“DEVELOPMENT PLAN”); and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 830, as
adopted by the Town on the 19TH day of JUNE 2017; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 918, as
adopted by the Town on the 26TH day of OCTOBER 2020; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 934, as
adopted by the Town on the 23RD day of AUGUST 2021; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 959, as
adopted by the Town on the 5TH day of DECEMBER 2022; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 994, as
adopted by the Town on the 1ST day of APRIL 2024; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 997, as
adopted by the Town on the 3RD day of JUNE 2024; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan was subsequently amended by Ordinance No. 1001,
as adopted by the Town on the 19TH day of AUGUST 2024, including a revised Development
Plan attached thereto as EXHIBIT “A” and included therein for all references and purposes; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan amended by Ordinance No. 1001, as adopted by the
Town on the 19TH day of AUGUST 2024, included specific provisions relating to the Property
including that the Architectural Standards (further defined below) shall be “according to the
development guidelines and standards for The Knolls Development” and that the amendment to
22
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 3 of 27
the Development Plan for the development of this portion of Westlake Entrada shall further reflect
approval provided 959, as adopted by the Town on the 5TH day of DECEMBER 2022; and
WHEREAS, the Development Plan amended by Ordinance No. 1001, included conditions
that apply to “all further applications for development that are submitted pursuant to the Entrada
Development Plan be submitted to address and provide for the following in future site plan /
applications: (a) [t]he need to provide off-street parking for delivery trucks to ensure fire lanes are
open; and (b) [t]he provision of view corridors (visibility easements) to ensure the safety of
residents backing out of driveways”; and
WHEREAS, the Developer intends to develop (or cause to be developed) the Property as
the Development in strict accordance with the rules, regulations, and provisions as set forth in
Ordinance No. 994, approved by the Town on the 1ST day of APRIL, 2024 and those certain terms
and conditions for development as set forth in Ordinance No. 1001, approved by the Town Council
on the 19TH day of AUGUST, 2024; and
WHEREAS, the Parties desire to clarify certain rules and regulations of the Ordinance No.
994, approved by the Town on the 1ST day of APRIL, 2024, for there to be certain assurance in
the development requirements for the Property, including incorporating agreed upon standards for
the installation of infrastructure and other public improvements as well as building materials and
aesthetic methods for the design and construction of buildings and other structures within the
Development, while recognizing the Developer’s reasonable expectations in the development of
the Property, as more fully described herein.
23
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 4 of 27
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties covenant
and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
PARAGRAPH 1.01. “DEVELOPMENT” shall mean the construction of 51 single-
family residential dwelling units and other accessory structures as approved in Ordinance No. 994,
approved by the Town Council on the 1ST day of APRIL, 2024, and subject to those certain terms
and conditions for development as set forth in Ordinance No. 1001, approved by the Town Council
on the 19TH day of AUGUST, 2024.
PARAGRAPH 1.02. “PROPERTY” shall mean the 15.2 +/- acres of real property, more
or less, located wholly within Tarrant County and on which the Development shall be located.
PARAGRAPH 1.03. “TOWN ENGINEER” shall mean the person appointed by the
Town and that is responsible for reviewing and approving engineering plans and related technical
documents for the Town.
PARAGRAPH 1.04. “TOWN MANAGER” shall mean the Town Manager of the Town,
or their designee.
ARTICLE II.
IMPROVEMENTS
24
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 5 of 27
PARAGRAPH 2.01. The Developer shall provide, at its own expense, all the engineering
services required for the Development and Improvements (as defined in this Article II of this
Agreement). Engineering services shall be performed by a professional engineer that is registered
in the State of Texas. Such engineering services shall conform in all respects to the Town’s
engineering and design standards. Engineering services shall include, but shall not be limited to:
surveys; designs; plans and profiles; estimates; construction supervision; and furnishing necessary
documents in connection therewith as requested by the Town Manager and / or the Town Engineer.
All engineering plans submitted shall be prepared by the Developer’s Engineer, and such engineer
plans shall be subject to the review, the approval, and the stamped acceptance of the Town
Engineer. The Town Engineer’s review and acceptance does not relieve the Developer or the
Developer’s engineer of the responsibility for design and construction. Further, the Developer’s
Engineer shall be a licensed engineer in the State of Texas.
PARAGRAPH 2.02. Construction of all the Improvements shall be in strict conformance
with the plans to be prepared by the Developer (or on behalf of the Developer) and reviewed and
accepted by the Town Engineer, in accordance with all policies, standards, and specifications that
are adopted by the Town relating thereto. The Town Engineer’s review and acceptance of the plans
shall not be construed to limit or affect the Developer's responsibility for design and construction
of the Improvements in whole or in part.
PARAGRAPH 2.03. The Developer shall employ, at its own expense, a qualified testing
company, previously approved by the Town, to perform all testing of materials or construction that
may be required by the Town and shall furnish copies of test results to the Town Engineer.
PARAGRAPH 2.04. At all times during the construction of the Improvements, the Town
Manager shall have the right, but not the obligation or responsibility, to inspect the materials and
25
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 6 of 27
their workmanship; and the Developer shall ensure (or shall cause to be ensured) that all materials
and work conform to the approved plans and specifications. Any material or work not conforming
to the approved plans and the Town’s engineering standards shall promptly be removed or replaced
to the satisfaction of the Town Manager and / or the Town Engineer and at the sole expense of the
Developer.
PARAGRAPH 2.05. The Developer shall be responsible for mowing all grass and weeds
and otherwise reasonably maintaining all land within the Development which has not been sold to
third parties. After 15 days’ written notice from the Town Manager, and should the Developer fail
in this responsibility to mow all grass and weeds, then at the sole discretion and option of the Town
Manager, the Town Manager shall be authorized to: (i) issue (or cause to be issued) a citation to
the Developer in the amount of $2,000.00 (“TWO THOUSAND AND 00/100 UNITED STATES
DOLLARS”), with each day that the grass and weeds are not mowed constituting a separate and
distinct infraction; or (ii) the Town Manager may contract (or cause to be contracted) a landscaping
company to mow all grass and weeds and, for this service, shall bill the Developer for costs. In the
event the costs remain unpaid, the Town Manager shall issue a construction stop work order or
withhold the issuance of any building permits until all costs are paid by the Developer.
PARAGRAPH 2.06. The obligations and responsibilities of the Developer as established
by the terms and conditions of this Agreement for the construction of Improvements shall be
performed and completed by the Developer no later than two (2) years from the issuance of the
notice to proceed by the Town Manager for construction of Improvements, and proper application
for acceptance of the Improvements shall be made by such date.
26
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 7 of 27
PARAGRAPH 2.07. The Improvements shall not be considered complete until the Town
Engineer has certified to the Town, in writing, that the Improvements have been completed in strict
conformance with the plans as accepted by the Town.
PARAGRAPH 2.08. Prior to the Town’s acceptance of the Improvements, the Developer
shall prepare and furnish a sworn affidavit, signed by an authorized representative of the Developer
that the Improvements completed have been paid for, in full, by the Developer. The Developer
shall be solely responsible for the information so provided on the affidavit. Said written
certification shall be reviewed by the Town, but the Town, including its employees, shall assume
no responsibility or liability to any party regarding the veracity of the information so provided.
PARAGRAPH 2.09. Prior to the Town accepting the Improvements, either in whole or in
part, the Developer shall provide the Town with reproducible “as constructed” drawings, certified
as accurate by the Town Engineer. All such drawings shall be provided in a digital format that is
acceptable to the Town Engineer for review and approval.
PARAGRAPH 2.10. The Developer shall be solely responsible for all permit fees related
to construction or installation of the Improvements. The permit fees shall include all fees contained
in the Code of Ordinances of the Town and the most recent fee schedule adopted by the Town.
PARAGRAPH 2.11. Prior to commencing the construction of any Improvements agreed
upon herein, the Developer shall acquire at its own expense clear and sufficient title to streets and
easements, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances on all lands and facilities other than the
Developer’s development loan, if any, traversed by the proposed Improvements. All such streets
and easements shall be private; and be permanently dedicated or conveyed to the Homeowners’
Association (“HOA”).
27
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 8 of 27
PARAGRAPH 2.12. Prior to the final acceptance of those portion of the Improvements
that will be public by the Town, the Developer shall provide a maintenance bond for a period of
two (2) years as set forth in the Code of Ordinances of the Town. The Developer shall submit the
following for review, consideration, and possible action by the Town Council: Development
covenants, conditions and restrictions to be enforced by the HOA, which should include HOA
dues, duties and powers, transitional details providing for an orderly transition from the declarant
to the HOA, and Town review of HOA dues to provide for adequacy of funding of maintenance
of private infrastructure to Town standards by the HOA; homebuilder requirements and
obligations; architectural design guidelines as described in Ordinance No. 994 , approved by the
Town Council on the 1ST day of APRIL, 2024; and cluster mailbox designs and locations if
applicable. Said items shall be approved by the Town Council prior the release of any building
permits for the Development.
PARAGRAPH 2.13. In accordance with the Code of Ordinances of the Town, all existing
overhead electric utility lines within and immediately adjacent to the Development shall be buried
underground at the Developer’s sole expense to the extent permitted by the adjacent landowners.
All overhead electric utility lines shall be buried prior to final acceptance of public improvements.
PARAGRAPH 2.14. There shall be no construction, grading, or other clearing activities
permitted to commence until a notice to proceed is issued by the Town Manager.
PARAGRAPH 2.15. Prior to the issuance of the notice to proceed, the Developer shall
submit (or shall cause to be submitted) an erosion control plan to the Town Manager and the Town
Engineer for review and approval. The erosion control plan shall meet all requirements of the Code
of Ordinances of the Town and additional conditions required by the Town Manager and / or the
Town Engineer. Further, it is expressly acknowledged that there shall be no inspections scheduled,
28
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 9 of 27
and none shall be conducted unless and until the requisite Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
(“SWPPP”) has been submitted and approved and the applicable inspections in relation to the
SWPPP have been passed by the appropriate governmental agency or authority.
PARAGRAPH 2.16. In addition to the Town Manager, employees and agents of the Town
shall have unrestricted access to the Development for official business, in perpetuity, including but
not limited to construction inspections and general inspections of the condition of the Development
and utilities maintenance.
PARAGRAPH 2.17. Prior to the issuance of any building permit, the Developer shall pay
to the Town (or cause to be paid to the Town) the parkland dedication fees. The parkland dedication
fees shall be calculated by the Town Manager and furnished to the Developer prior to making any
application for a building permit.
PARAGRAPH 2.18. Prior to the issuance of any building permit for this Development,
the Developer is expressly prohibited from grading (or causing to be graded) any individual lots
for residential use. However, the Developer is authorized to reasonably grade for streets and
staging areas to be depicted on grading plans to be submitted to the Town Manager for
review and approval as set forth in Chapter 36 of the Code of Ordinances of the Town and any
other applicable code, ordinance, or standard adopted by the Town. The Town Manager may issue
a construction stop work order for any grading activities that are in violation of any federal or state
law, any ordinances adopted by the Town, and any violations of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. The Town Manager shall be further authorized to issue (or cause to be issued) citations
for any violation of any ordinances adopted by the Town regulating erosion and grading activities.
PARAGRAPH 2.19. The HOA (and its successor) shall be responsible for maintaining all
public and private open space within the Development. The HOA (and its successor) shall also be
29
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 10 of 27
responsible for maintaining all property adjacent to the Development fronting Solana Boulevard,
including the right-of-way, the easements between the lot line and the street curb, and all retaining
walls, signs, and landscaping. All such public and private space as described in Paragraph 2.21 of
this Agreement shall be submitted to the Town Manager for review and approval prior to submittal
of a final plat by the Developer.
PARAGRAPH 2.20. Notwithstanding any of the paragraphs above in Article II of this
Agreement, or any other paragraph, sentence, or clause of this Agreement:
A. Consistent with the conditions specified in Ordinance No. 1001, as approved by the
Town Council on the 19TH day of AUGUST, 2024, no detailed site plan shall be approved unless
and until the Developer provides (or shall cause to be provided) such site plan to sufficiently depict
to the satisfaction of the Town Manager and the Town Engineer that all “view corridors to ensure
the safety of residents backing out of driveways” are provided on each lot.
i. All garage doors facing a street shall be setback from the front property line
in accordance with the provisions for garages as set forth in the Westlake Ventanas Architectural
Standards (as defined in Paragraph 4.01 of this Agreement.
B. All trees planted and located along both sides of the access easement for the private
drive leading to the Town Hall shall be permanently protected and preserved by the HOA and its
successor; such permanent protection and preservation shall be recorded by easement on the final
plat and include a note expressing the same to the satisfaction of the Town Manager.
C. All visual screening walls to be located along Solana Boulevard shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the Entrada Design Guidelines as provided for in Ordinance
No. 760, approved by the Town Council on the 14TH day of DECEMBER 2015 and subsequently
30
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 11 of 27
amended by Ordinance No. 933, approved by the Town Council on the 23RD day of AUGUST
2021.
D. All fencing along streets and the private driveway leading to the Town Hall shall
be wrought iron and black.
E. Chain-link and barbed-wire fencing is not allowed within any lot or portion of this
Development.
F. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Developer has paid (or caused to be paid)
an amount of $10,000.00 (“TEN THOUSAND AND 00/100 UNITED STATES DOLLARS”) for
each detached single-family residence to be constructed within the Development. The Parties also
acknowledge and agree that such payment for each detached single-family residence to be
constructed within the Development shall be exclusively and solely used for the impact to and the
benefit of Westlake Academy. No further payment shall be required for the impact to and the
benefit of Westlake Academy.
G. All private streets serving this development shall be paved in concrete or asphalt;
all concrete paving materials shall meet applicable standards for engineering, public works, and
public safety to the satisfaction of the Town Manager and Town Engineer.
ARTICLE III.
UTILTIES
PARAGRAPH 3.01. The Developer shall furnish proof that proper arrangements have
been made for the installation of water, sanitary sewer, gas, electric, and duct bank utilities.
31
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 12 of 27
PARAGRAPH 3.02. The Developer shall install water facilities to serve all platted lots
within the Development in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by the Developer’s
engineer and released by the Town for construction and in accordance with Chapter 82, Article
IX, Water Facilities, of the Town Code of Ordinances, as amended, and any other local, state and
federal regulations. The Developer shall be solely responsible for all construction costs, materials,
and engineering.
PARAGRAPH 3.03. The Developer shall connect all water utilities to the Town utility
system.
PARAGRAPH 3.04. The Developer shall install sanitary sewer collection facilities to
service all platted lots within the Development. Sanitary sewer facilities shall be installed in
accordance with the plans and specifications to be prepared by the Developer’s engineer and
released by the Town. Further, the Developer agrees to complete this installation in accordance
with Chapter 82, Article X, Wastewater Facilities, of the Town Code of Ordinances, as amended,
and any other local, state and federal regulations. The Developer shall be responsible for all
construction costs, materials, engineering, and permits.
PARAGRAPH 3.05. The Developer shall install drainage facilities to service all platted
lots within the Development in accordance with the plans and specifications to be prepared by the
Developer’s engineer and released by the Town for construction. The Developer shall adhere to
all applicable provisions contained in Chapter 82, Article X, Drainage Facilities, of the Town Code
of Ordinances, as amended. The Developer shall fully comply with all Environmental Protection
Agency (“EPA”), Federal Emergency Management Authority (“FEMA”) and Texas Commission
on Environmental Quality (“TCEQ”) requirements relating to the planning, permitting and
management of storm water which may be in force at the time that development proposals are
32
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 13 of 27
being presented for approval to the Town. The Developer shall comply with all provisions of the
Texas Water Code, as amended.
PARAGRAPH 3.06. In accordance with the Town’s Code of Ordinances, the Developer
shall bury all utilities serving the development. Furthermore, all existing overhead utilities within,
and adjacent to, the development shall be buried per the provisions contained within the Town’s
Code of Ordinances prior to the final acceptance of public improvements.
ARTICLE IV.
BUILDING MATERIALS AND AESTHETICS
PARAGRAPH 4.01. All buildings and structures designed and constructed as part of this
Development shall be in accordance with the architectural standards set forth in the Westlake
Ventanas Design Guidelines (the “ARCHITECTURAL STANDARDS”). The Architectural
Standards shall be the complete set of specific building material and aesthetics for all buildings,
structures, landscaping, and other matters of aesthetics and visual quality as ordained by Ordinance
No. 959 as approved by the Town Council on the 5TH day of DECEMBER 2022 and by Ordinance
No. 994 as approved by the Town Council on the 1ST day of APRIL, 2024, for architectural
standards similar to The Knolls Development. The Westlake Ventanas Architectural Standards is
attached hereto as EXHIBIT “C” for all purposes and references and all such standards shall be
enforced by the Architectural Control Committee (the “ACC”) as described in the Architectural
Standards. All future development or modifications to buildings and structures within the
Development shall be in conformance with and shall adhere to the Architectural Standards. The
Parties acknowledge and agree that the Architectural Standards satisfies all obligations of the
33
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 14 of 27
Developer to provide certain standards for architecture, landscape architecture, and other matters
of aesthetics and visual quality as ordained by Ordinance No. 959 and Ordinance No. 994. The
Parties further acknowledge and agree that the Development is an area of architectural significance
as contemplated by the provisions found in Chapter 3000 of the Texas Government Code, as
amended. Also, the covenant to develop and modify buildings and structures within the
Development in accordance with the Architectural Standards is with the irrevocable and voluntary
consent of the Developer in accordance with the provisions as found in Section 3000.002 (d) of
the Texas Government Code, as amended. The Developer acknowledges and agrees that the
consideration described herein shall constitute adequate consideration for such voluntary consent.
PARAGRAPH 4.02. Any request by the Developer, or their successors and assigns, or
any property owner to modify or deviate from the Architectural Standards shall require a public
hearing (e.g., a recommendation provided by the Planning and Zoning Commission and a decision
made by the Town Council to approve, to approve with modifications, or to deny) pursuant to the
Code of Ordinances for the Town. FURTHER, IT IS ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE PARTIES
THAT, WHERE THE PROVISIONS IN THE ARCHITECTURAL STANDARDS ARE
SILENT, THE PROVISIONS IN THE PD 1-2, PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT 1-
2, AS AMENDED, SHALL GOVERN. WHERE THE PROVISIONS IN THE AFORESAID
PD 1-2, PLANNED DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT 1-2, AS AMENDED, FOR WESTLAKE
ENTRADA ARE SILENT, THEN THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE CODE OF
ORDINANCES FOR THE TOWN SHALL PREVAIL. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY
STATED OTHERWISE IN ORDINANCE NO. 994 AS APPROVED BY THE TOWN
COUNCIL ON THE 1ST DAY OF APRIL 2024, OR THE AFORESAID PD 1-2, PLANNED
DEVELOPMENT DISTRICT 1-2 FOR WESTLAKE ENTRADA, IN THE EVENT OF
34
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 15 of 27
ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THOSE TWO (2) DOCUMENTS AND THE PROVISIONS
OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES FOR THE TOWN, THE PROVISIONS IN THE CODE
OF ORDINANCES FOR THE TOWN SHALL GOVERN.
PARAGRAPH 4.03. With respect to any buildings and structures designed or constructed
on the Property and as part of the Development pursuant to this Agreement, the Developer hereby
waives any right, requirement or enforcement of the provisions of Section 3000.001-3000.005 of
the Texas Government Code, as amended.
ARTICLE V.
COMPLETION OF AGREEMENT
This Agreement shall not be considered complete unless and until:
PARAGRAPH 5.01. All public improvements and infrastructure are finished, completed,
and accepted by the Town.
PARAGRAPH 5.02. The lighting plan is reviewed, approved, and installed in accordance
with said plan and accepted by the Town.
PARAGRAPH 5.03. All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be satisfied.
PARAGRAPH 5.04. All Improvements shall be finished, completed, and accepted by the
Town.
PARAGRAPH 5.05. The lighting plan as required and defined by applicable regulations
in the Code of Ordinances of the Town is reviewed, approved, installed, and accepted by the Town.
35
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 16 of 27
PARAGRAPH 5.06. Record drawings for all streets, utilities, and other infrastructure in
the Development, including street lighting, shall be (i) certified by the Developer’s engineer and
(ii) accepted by and filed with the Town Engineer and provided in the following format:
a. Three (3) sets of record drawings;
b. Digital record drawings with GIS spatial data and coordinates compatible
with the latest version of ArcGIS Pro;
c. Digital record drawings compatible with the current version of AutoCAD;
and;
d. Digital record drawings in PDF format.
PARAGRAPH 5.07. All fees required by the Town and all other entities with review and
permitting jurisdiction for the Improvements or the Development shall have been paid.
PARAGRAPH 5.08. Original Maintenance Bonds shall have been provided and any other
bonds required for the completion of the Improvements.
PARAGRAPH 5.09. Lien release(s), affidavits of all bills paid, and claims have been
provided.
PARAGRAPH 5.10. All obligations and responsibilities of the Developer under the terms
and conditions of this Agreement, Ordinance No. 994 as approved by the Town Council on the 1ST
day of APRIL, 2024, those certain terms and conditions for development as set forth in Ordinance
No. 1001, approved by the Town Council on the 19TH day of AUGUST, 2024, and any other
codes, ordinances, regulations or standards adopted by the Town have been met.
ARTICLE VI.
USE OF PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY
36
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 17 of 27
PARAGRAPH 6.01. The Parties agree that the Developer may provide unique amenities
within public right-of-way, including but not limited to landscape, irrigation, lighting, patterned
concrete, and other similar features for enhancement of the Development, subject to the review
and approval of the Town Manager. The Town Manager may defer review and approval of the
provision of unique amenities within the public right-of-way to the Town Council for their decision
(e.g., approve, approve with modifications, or deny). The Developer agrees to maintain these
amenities until such responsibility is turned over to the HOA. The Developer, and their successors
and assigns, acknowledge and understand that the Town is not responsible for the maintenance or
replacement of these amenities under any circumstances, and further agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Town and its employees and authorized agents from any and all damage, loss, or
liability of any kind whatsoever by reason of injury to property or third person occasioned by the
Developer’s use of the public right-of-way with regard to these improvements and the Developer
shall also, at their own cost and expense, defend and protect the Town and its employees and
authorized agents against all such claims and demands.
ARTICLE VII.
DEFAULT, TERMINATION AND FAILURE BY THE DEVELOPER TO MEET
VARIOUS DEADLINES AND COMMITMENTS
PARAGRAPH 7.01. FAILURE TO PAY TOWN TAXES OR FEES. An event of default
shall occur under this Agreement if during the term hereof and after the expiration of any
applicable notice and cure period any legally-imposed Town taxes or fees owed on, or generated
37
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 18 of 27
by, the Developer or one of its Affiliates with regard to the Development become delinquent and
Developer or the Affiliate does not either: (i) pay such taxes and any associated penalties within
30 days of receipt of notification of such delinquency; or (ii) has not commenced the legal
procedures for protest and / or contest of any such taxes within 30 days of receipt of notification
of such delinquency. If the default has not been cured by such time, the Town shall have the right
to terminate this Agreement by providing ten (10) days’ written notice to the Developer and shall
have all other rights and remedies that may be available to it under the law or in equity.
PARAGRAPH 7.02. VIOLATIONS OF TOWN CODE, STATE OR FEDERAL LAW.
An event of default shall occur under the terms and conditions of this Agreement if, during the
term hereof and after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, that any written
citation is issued to the Developer or their Affiliates due to the occurrence of a violation of a
material provision of the Town Code of Ordinances with respect to the Development (including,
without limitation, any violation of the Building Code, Fire Code, and any other violations related
to the environmental condition of the Development or to matters concerning the public health,
safety, or welfare) and such citation is not: (i) paid before it is delinquent; or (ii) the recipient of
such citation does not properly follow the legal procedures for protest and/or contest of any such
citation within the deadlines set forth in said citation. An event of default shall further occur under
this Agreement if the Developer is in violation of any material state or federal law, rule or
regulation on account of the Development, improvements in the Development or any operations
thereon (including, without limitation, any violations related to: (i) the environmental condition of
the Development; (ii) the environmental condition on other land or waters which is attributable to
operations of the Development; or (iii) to other matters concerning the public health, safety or
welfare related to the Development). Upon the occurrence of such default, the Town shall notify
38
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 19 of 27
the Developer in writing and Developer shall have (i) thirty (30) calendar days to cure such default
or (ii) if Developer has diligently pursued cure of the default but such default is not reasonably
curable within thirty (30) calendar days, then such amount of time as determined by both Parties
mutually and in good faith necessary to cure such default. If the default has not been fully cured
by such time, the Town shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with ten (10) days notice
by providing written notice to the Developer and shall have all other rights and remedies that may
be available to under the law or in equity.
PARAGRAPH 7.03. GENERAL BREACH. Unless stated elsewhere in this Agreement,
the Developer shall be in default under this Agreement if the Developer breaches any material
term or condition of this Agreement. In the event that such breach remains uncured after thirty
(30) calendar days following receipt of written notice from the Town referencing this Agreement
(or, if the Developer has diligently and continuously attempted to cure following receipt of such
written notice but reasonably requires more than thirty (30) calendar days to cure, then such
additional amount of time as is reasonably necessary to effect cure, as determined by both parties
mutually and in good faith), the Town shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with ten
(10) days’ notice by providing written notice to Developer.
ARTICLE VIII.
NO INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR OR AGENCY RELATIONSHIP
PARAGRAPH 8.01. It is expressly understood and agreed by the Parties hereto that the
Developer shall not operate as a servant, contractor agent, representative or employee of the Town.
The Developer shall have the exclusive right to control all details and day-to-day operations related
39
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 20 of 27
to its operations and obligations that it is required to perform under the terms and conditions of
this Agreement, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents,
employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees. The Developer acknowledges that
the doctrine of respondeat superior will not apply as between the Town and the Developer, or the
Town’s officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees, and invitees. Further,
the Developer agrees that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as the creation
of a partnership or joint enterprise between the Town and the Developer of any kind.
ARTICLE IX.
INDEMNIFICATION AND INDEMNITY AGAINST NEGLIGENT DESIGN
PARAGRAPH 9.01. THE DEVELOPER, AT NO COST OR LIABILITY TO THE
TOWN, AGREES TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE TOWN, ITS OFFICERS,
ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS, SERVANTS AND
EMPLOYEES (TOGETHER WITH THE TOWN, EACH A “TOWN INDEMNIFIED
PERSON”) HARMLESS AGAINST ANY AND ALL THIRD PARTY CLAIMS,
LAWSUITS, ACTIONS, COSTS AND EXPENSES RELATED THERETO, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE FOR PROPERTY DAMAGE OR LOSS (INCLUDING
ALLEGED DAMAGE OR LOSS TO THE DEVELOPER’S BUSINESS AND ANY
RESULTING LOST PROFITS) AND/OR PERSONAL INJURY, INCLUDING DEATH,
THAT RELATE TO, ARISE OUT OF OR ARE OCCASIONED BY (i) THE
DEVELOPER’S BREACH OF ANY OF THE TERMS OR PROVISIONS OF THIS
AGREEMENT; OR (ii) ANY ACT OR OMISSION OR INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT
40
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 21 of 27
OF THE DEVELOPER, ITS OFFICERS, AGENTS, ASSOCIATES, EMPLOYEES,
CONTRACTORS (OTHER THAN THE TOWN, OR ITS EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS,
AGENTS, ASSOCIATES, CONTRACTORS OR SUBCONTRACTORS), OR
SUBCONTRACTORS DUE OR RELATED TO, FROM, OR ARISING FROM THE
OPERATION AND CONDUCT OF ITS OPERATIONS AND OBLIGATIONS OR
OTHERWISE TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL
REQUIRE DEVELOPER TO INDEMNIFY OR DEFEND FOR ANY CLAIMS ARISING
OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE TOWN
ENGINEER OR ANY TOWN INDEMNIFIED PERSON.
PARAGRAPH 9.02. APPROVAL OF THE TOWN ENGINEER OR OTHER
TOWN EMPLOYEE, OFFICIAL, CONSULTANT, EMPLOYEE, OR OFFICER OF ANY
PLANS, DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS SUBMITTED BY THE DEVELOPER UNDER
THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE OR BE DEEMED TO BE A RELEASE
OF THE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY OF THE DEVELOPER, ITS ENGINEER,
CONTRACTORS, EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, OR AGENTS FOR THE ACCURACY
AND COMPETENCY OF THEIR DESIGN AND SPECIFICATIONS. SUCH APPROVAL
SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE AN ASSUMPTION OF SUCH RESPONSIBILITY OR
LIABILITY BY THE TOWN FOR ANY DEFECT IN THE DESIGN AND
SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY THE CONSULTING ENGINEER, ITS OFFICERS,
AGENTS, SERVANTS, OR EMPLOYEES, IT BEING THE INTENT OF THE PARTIES
THAT APPROVAL BY THE TOWN ENGINEER OR OTHER TOWN EMPLOYEE,
OFFICIAL, CONSULTANT, OR OFFICER SIGNIFIES THE TOWN APPROVAL OF
41
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 22 of 27
ONLY THE GENERAL DESIGN CONCEPT OF THE IMPROVEMENTS TO BE
CONSTRUCTED. IN THIS CONNECTION, THE DEVELOPER SHALL INDEMNIFY
AND HOLD HARMLESS EACH TOWN INDEMNIFIED PERSON, FROM ANY LOSS,
DAMAGE, LIABILITY OR EXPENSE ON ACCOUNT OF DAMAGE TO PROPERTY
AND INJURIES, INCLUDING DEATH, TO ANY AND ALL PERSONS WHICH MAY
ARISE OUT OF ANY NEGLIGENT DESIGN OF THE ENGINEER INCLUDED IN
DESIGNS AND SPECIFICATIONS INCORPORATED INTO ANY IMPROVEMENTS
CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE THEREWITH, AND THE DEVELOPER SHALL
DEFEND AT ITS OWN EXPENSE ANY SUITS OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT
AGAINST ANY TOWN INDEMNIFIED PERSON, ON ACCOUNT THEREOF, TO PAY
ALL EXPENSES AND SATISFY ALL JUDGMENTS WHICH MAY BE INCURRED BY
OR RENDERED AGAINST THEM, COLLECTIVELY OR INDIVIDUALLY,
PERSONALLY OR IN THEIR OFFICIAL CAPACITY, IN CONNECTION HEREWITH;
PROVIDED THAT DEVELOPER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO SELECT COUNSEL
OF ITS OWN CHOOSING AND SHALL HAVE ALL REQUISITE AUTHORITY TO
ENTER INTO ANY SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT AT ANY TIME IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY SUCH CLAIMS OR LIABILITIES FOR WHICH DEVELOPER OWES
INDEMNITY UNDER THIS SECTION.
PARAGRAPH 9.03. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, NOTHING IN
THIS ARTICLE SHALL REQUIRE THE DEVELOPER TO INDEMNIFY OR DEFEND
ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT
OF THE TOWN ENGINEER OR ANY TOWN INDEMNIFIED PERSON.
42
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 23 of 27
ARTICLE X.
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
PARAGRAPH 10.01. NOTICES. All written notices called for or required by this
Agreement shall be addressed to the following, or such other party or address as either party
designates in writing, by certified mail, postage prepaid, reputable overnight delivery service, or
by hand delivery:
If to Developer: Otter Partners, LP
Attn: Frank Bonilla
18 Comillas
Westlake Texas 76262
With a copy to: Entrada Villa Partners, LLC
4110 Riverwalk Drive
Flower Mound, TX 75028
If to Town: Town of Westlake
Attn: Town Manager
1500 Solana Boulevard
Building 7, Suite 7200
Westlake, Texas 76262
With a copy to: Town of Westlake
Attn: Deputy Town Manager
1500 Solana Blvd.
43
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 24 of 27
Building 7, Suite 7200
Westlake, Texas 76262
With a copy to: Boyle & Lowry, L.L.P.
Attn: L. Stanton Lowry
4201 Wingren Drive, Suite 108
Irving, Texas 75062
PARAGRAPH 10.02. ASSIGNMENT AND SUCCESSORS. The Developer may
not assign, transfer or otherwise convey any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to
any other person or entity without the prior consent of the Town Council. Any lawful assignee or
successor in interest of the Developer of all rights and obligations under this Agreement shall be
deemed the “Developer” for all purposes under this Agreement.
PARAGRAPH 10.03. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES
AND REGULATIONS. This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable Federal, State and local
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, all provisions of the Town’s
codes and ordinances, as amended.
PARAGRAPH 10.04. GOVERNMENTAL POWERS. It is acknowledged that, by
execution of this Agreement, the Town does not waive or surrender any of it governmental powers
or immunities that are outside of the terms, obligations, and conditions of this Agreement.
PARAGRAPH 10.05. NO WAIVER. The failure of either Party to insist upon the
performance of any term or provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right granted hereunder shall
not constitute a waiver of that Party’s right to insist upon appropriate performance or to assert any such
right on any future occasion.
PARAGRAPH 10.06. VENUE AND JURISDICTION. If any action, whether real
or asserted, at law or in equity, arises on the basis of any provision of this Agreement, venue for
44
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 25 of 27
such action shall lie in state courts located in Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District
Court for the Northern District of Texas – Fort Worth Division. This Agreement shall be construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
PARAGRAPH 10.07. NO THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS. The provisions and conditions
of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Town and the Developer, and any lawful assign
or successor of the Developer, and are not intended to create any rights, contractual or otherwise,
to any other person or entity.
PARAGRAPH 10.08. FORCE MAJEURE. It is expressly understood and agreed by
the parties to this Agreement that if the performance of any obligation hereunder is delayed by reason of
war, civil commotion, acts of God, inclement weather that prohibits compliance with any portion of this
Agreement, or other circumstances which are reasonably beyond the control or knowledge of the party
obligated or permitted under the terms of this Agreement to do or perform the same, regardless of whether
any such circumstance is similar to any of those enumerated or not, the party so obligated or permitted shall
be excused from doing or performing the same during such period of delay, so that the time period
applicable to such requirement shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period such party was
delayed.
PARAGRAPH 10.09. INTERPRETATION. In the event of any dispute over the
meaning or application of any provision of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be interpreted fairly and
reasonably, and neither more strongly for or against any party, regardless of the actual drafter of this
Agreement.
PARAGRAPH 10.10. SEVERABILITY CLAUSE. It is hereby declared to be the
intention of the Parties that any sections, paragraphs, clauses and phrases of this Agreement are
severable, and if any phrase, clause, sentence, paragraph or section of this Agreement shall be
declared unconstitutional or illegal by the valid judgment or decree of any court of competent
45
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 26 of 27
jurisdiction, such unconstitutionality or illegality shall not affect any of the remaining phrases,
clauses, sentences, paragraphs or sections of this Agreement since the same would have been
executed by the Parties without the incorporation in this Agreement of any such unconstitutional
phrase, clause, sentence, paragraph or section. It is the intent of the parties to provide the economic
incentives contained in this Agreement by all lawful means.
PARAGRAPH 10.11. CAPTIONS. Captions and headings used in this Agreement are
for reference purposes only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.
PARAGRAPH 10.12. ENTIRETY OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including any
attachments attached hereto, including the Requirements for Contractor’s Insurance and any documents
incorporated herein by reference, and the Economic Development Program Agreement, contain the entire
understanding and Agreement between the Town and the Developer, and any lawful assign and successor
of the Developer, as to the matters contained herein. Any prior or contemporaneous oral or written
Agreement is hereby declared null and void to the extent in conflict with any provision of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement shall not be amended unless executed in
writing by both parties and approved by the Town Council of the Town in an open meeting held in
accordance with Chapter 551 of the Texas Government Code.
PARAGRAPH 10.13. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in
multiple counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original, but all of which shall
constitute one instrument.
SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE
46
Resolution 25-04, Exhibit “A”
Westlake Ventanas - Development Agreement for Subdivision Improvements
Page 27 of 27
DEVELOPER:
By: _____________________________________________
Frank Bonilla, Manager Otter Partners, LP
TOWN OF WESTLAKE, TEXAS
By: _____________________________________________
Wade Carroll, Town Manager
ATTEST:
______________________________________________
Dianna Buchanan, Town Secretary
_______________________________________________
Stan Lowry, Town Attorney
47
EXHIBIT “B”
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION
BEING, all of that 15.175 acre (661,028 square foot) tract of land situated in the C.M. Throop
Survey, Abstract 1510, in the Town of Westlake, Tarrant County, Texas; being part of that tract of
land described in Special Warranty Deed to Texas Holdco LLC as recorded in Instrument Nos.
D210070861 and D210070862 of the Official Public Records of Tarrant County, Texas; and being
part of Lot 2R1, Block 1, Westlake/Southlake Addition No. 1, an addition to the Town of Westlake
as recorded in Instrument Number D209080990 of the Plat Records of Tarrant County, Texas; said
15.175 acre tract of land being more particularly described by metes and bounds as follows:
COMMENCING, at a 1/2-inch iron rod with “HUITT ZOLLARS” cap found at the southeast
corner of said Lot 2R1; said point being the southwest corner of Lot 1R2, Block 1,
Westlake/Southlake Park Addition No. 1, an addition to the Town of Westlake as recorded in
Instrument Number D218212046 of the Plat Records of Tarrant County, Texas; said point being
the beginning of a curve to the right in the northeast right-of-way line of Solana Boulevard
(variable width right-of-way);
THENCE, in a northwesterly direction, with said curve to the right in the southwest line of
said Lot 2R1 and the northeast line of said Solana Boulevard, an arc length of 239.83 feet,
having a radius of 772.00 feet, a central angle of 17 degrees 47 minutes 58 seconds, and a
chord which bears North 72 degrees 59 minutes 47 seconds West, 238.87 feet to the POINT
OF BEGINNING;
48
EXHIBIT “B” – PROPERTY DESCRIPTION RESOLUTION 25-04
PAGE 2 OF 4
THENCE, with the southwest line of said Lot 2R1 and the northeast line of said Solana Boulevard,
the following three (3) courses and distances:
In a northwesterly direction, continuing along said curve to the right, an arc length of
346.60 feet, having a radius of 772.00 feet, a central angle of 25 degrees 43 minutes 26
seconds, and a chord which bears North 51 degrees 14 minutes 05 seconds West, 343.70
feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with “HUITT ZOLLARS” cap found for corner;
North 38 degrees 22 minutes 22 seconds West, a distance of 233.71 feet to a 1/2-inch iron
rod found for corner at the beginning of a tangent curve to the left;
In a northwesterly direction, along said curve to the left, an arc length of 136.18 feet, having
a radius of 1,428.00 feet, a central angle of 05 degrees 27 minutes 50 seconds, and a chord
which bears North 41 degrees 06 minutes 17 seconds West, 136.12 feet to a point at the
most southerly southwest corner of said Lot 2R1; said point being the southeast corner of
Block I, Westlake Entrada, an addition to the Town of Westlake as recorded in Instrument
Number D217209886 of the Plat Records of Tarrant County, Texas;
THENCE, North 00 degrees 32 minutes 55 seconds West, with the west line of said Lot 2R1 and
the east lie of said Block I, a distance of 168.55 feet to an angle point for corner;
THENCE, North 51 degrees 27 minutes 05 seconds East, continuing with the west line of said Lot
2R1, a distance of 694.14 feet to a point for corner;
49
EXHIBIT “B” – PROPERTY DESCRIPTION RESOLUTION 25-04
PAGE 3 OF 4
THENCE, South 38 degrees 32 minutes 55 seconds East, departing the west line of said Lot 2R1,
a distance of 14.21 feet to a point for corner at the beginning of a non-tangent curve to the left;
THENCE, in a southeasterly direction, along said curve to the left, an arc length of 193.75 feet,
having a radius of 106.08 feet, a central angle of 104 degrees 38 minutes 52 seconds, and a chord
which bears South 04 degrees 28 minutes 37 seconds East, 167.92 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE, South 60 degrees 27 minutes 21 seconds East, a distance of 637.72 feet to a point for
corner in an east line of said Lot 2R1 and the west line of said Lot 1R2;
THENCE, South 29 degrees 41 minutes 02 seconds West, with the east line of said Lot 2R1 and
the west line of said Lot 1R2, a distance of 346.87 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE, South 44 degrees 43 minutes 11 seconds West, departing the east line of said Lot 2R1
and the west line of said Lot 1R2, a distance of 91.30 feet to a point for corner at the beginning of
a tangent curve to the right;
THENCE, in a southwesterly direction, along said curve to the right, an arc length of 201.17 feet,
having a radius of 314.00 feet, a central angle of 36 degrees 42 minutes 29 seconds, and a chord
which bears South 63 degrees 04 minutes 26 seconds West, 197.75 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE, South 81 degrees 25 minutes 42 seconds West, a distance of 72.18 feet to a point for
corner at the beginning of a tangent curve to the left;
50
EXHIBIT “B” – PROPERTY DESCRIPTION RESOLUTION 25-04
PAGE 4 OF 4
THENCE, in a southwesterly direction, along said curve to the left, an arc length of 137.15 feet,
having a radius of 136.00 feet, a central angle of 57 degrees 46 minutes 46 seconds, and a chord
which bears South 52 degrees 32 minutes 22 seconds West, 131.41 feet to a point for corner;
THENCE, South 23 degrees 39 minutes 01 seconds West, a distance of 68.43 feet to the POINT
OF BEGINNING and containing an area of 15.175 acres or 661,028 square feet of land, more or
less.
51
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
WESTLAKE VENTANAS FINAL
DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
January 2025
This document is intended to be a specific set of development terms and principles proposed for the development of Westlake Ventanas, a 15.2-acre tract parcel that fronts on Solana Boulevard and is located between the Entrada Development and Solana Boulevard.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Developer: Entrada Villa Partners, LLC
Community: Gated enclave of 51 custom villa homes walkable to Entrada
Product Type: Luxury Custom Villa Homes (a minimum of 3,600 square feet) 1 to 3 story massing, 2 to 4-car garages Higher security and lower maintenance typologies
Home Pricing: Estimated to be $2.4 to $4.5 million
Sales Program: Lot sales to local custom home builders with a limited offering to individuals
Access: Primary Gated Entrada from Solana Boulevard. Secondary Fire Access/Egress on to Campus Circle / Parking Lot
Community
Amenities: Internal Dog Park and Water Features
Community Fencing: The community’s Solana Boulevard frontage will be a continuation of the Entrada Screening and Landscape Pattern. The fence shall be located at the boundary of the Solana Boulevard buffer area and the development zone.
COMMUNITY INFORMATION
Homeowners’
Association: The community will be governed by a to-be-established Homeowner’s Association (“HOA”) that will be responsible for common area maintenance, private street maintenance, front yard maintenance and enforcing the Design Guidelines for the community.
Home Builders: An Approved Home Builder program will be established by the Developer with specific criteria that will limit home building to only approved custom home builders.
52
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Design Guidelines: The Westlake Ventanas are intended to replace the standards for architecture, landscape architecture and other matters of aesthetics found in the existing PD 1-2 (Entrada) Design Guidelines and to incorporate distinct standards for architecture, landscape architecture and other matters of aesthetics that will produce a physical outcome and a quality of construction similar in style and nature to the Knolls for the land incorporated within Westlake Ventanas.
Architectural Review: An Architectural Control Committee (“ACC”) will be established through the HOA/Declarant that has approval authority over house designs prior to submittal for permitting. The ACC shall provide the Town of Westlake with a formal letter of approval of each house design when submitting to the appropriate department (or departments) for approval. Nothing contained within these Design Guidelines or the imposed by the ACC shall eliminate any building code requirements (including electrical, mechanical and plumbing), fire code, or other life safety requirements as adopted by the Town of Westlake.
LOT SPECIFICATIONS
Lot Density: 51 residential lots with typical lot dimensions of 60’ x 110’.
Lot Coverage: To follow PD 1-2 (Entrada) Standards
HOUSE SPECIFICATIONS
Minimum Size: All residences shall be a minimum of 3,600 square feet of air-conditioned living space.
Massing: To Follow either the established Entrada Design Guidelines or as amended for this phase of development only.
Building Height: Building height shall be limited to 45 feet to peak of highest rooftop.
Building Setbacks: Minimum building setbacks (i.e., build-to lines) shall be10 feet from the front and rear property lines and 5 feet from the side property lines.
Garages: To follow the established Entrada Design Guidelines, as applicable, or as amended for this phase of development only. In the event of any conflict between the Entrada Design Guidelines and these Design Guidelines established for Westlake Ventanas, these Design Guidelines shall control in matters of aesthetics for garages.
Roofs: Roofing materials shall be limited to concrete or clay tile, slate, or standing seam metal.
Exterior Walls: Exterior walls shall have horizontal and vertical articulation or architectural delineation on all building elevations (e.g., the front, sides, and rear). 53
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Fences: All homes may have lot line fences comprised of metal picket. Only privacy fences comprised of metal picket shall be permitted on interior side lot lines to provide privacy to outdoor patio and pool areas.
Exterior Lighting: All exterior lighting shall be subdued, indirect, and comply with Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances, including all provisions for Dark Skies.
PARKS AND OPEN SPACE
Open Space: In following the Entrada standards, the Community will be providing Open Space as prescribed within PD 1-2. These open spaces include the two water features at the main entrance and the dog park near Solana Boulevard.
Parkland
Dedication: The open space described in these Design Guidelines shall satisfy all requirements for open space as mandated by PD 1-2 (Entrada) and any other requirements as found in the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances, including the provisions found in Sec. 82-389 of the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances. There shall be no other obligations of the Developer, the HOA and their successors and assigns to fulfill any requirements of Sec. 82-389 of the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances and its successor codes or ordinances. Westlake Ventanas is part of PD 1-2 (Entrada) and benefits from the prior Parkland Dedication made by Maguire Partners as part of the 322 total residential unit count prescribed by zoning.
STREETS, PARKING, SIDEWALKS, TRAILS
Streets: All community streets in Westlake Ventanas shall be private and maintained by the HOA and constructed of asphalt with concrete outer bands and/or mountable curbs fronting the lots. All streets be no less than 31 feet in width (back-to-back) including a mountable concrete curb on both sides within a 31’ ROW.
Utility Easement: In addition to the street width, there will be a utility easement of up to 10 feet in width on each side of the street to provide for the Duct Bank.
Visitor Parking: The community is located immediately adjacent to an existing 401-space surface parking lot that can be utilized through valet for larger functions to be held by homeowners. In a departure from Entrada, the 31-foot-wide streets allow for safe and convenient on-street parking as needed.
Streetlights: Street lighting shall be privately-owned and maintained by the HOA, and shall be located at all corners and intersections. Lights shall be low pedestal type fixtures that comply with all Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances as well as follow Dark Skies Ordinance adopted by the Town of Westlake. 54
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Sidewalks: No sidewalks will be constructed within Westlake Ventanas.
UTILITIES
Water: Town of Westlake
Sewer: Town of Westlake
Storm Water: Combination of Curb and Gutter collection, underground storm water pipes, detention pond(s), and connection to the existing public street storm water system
Duct Bank: A Duct Bank system shall be installed by the Developer in a utility easement throughout the community as required by Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances. The home builder shall tie into the Duct Bank prior to making any request for a Final Inspection.
Development
Setbacks: Minimum building setbacks shall be10 feet from the front and rear property lines and 5 feet from the side property lines.
TREE MITIGATION
Tree Survey: A tree survey of the site was conducted by BGE in 2023 and is included with the completed PD Site Plan submittal made.
Tree Mitigation: The development plan has been carefully designed to minimize grade and tree disturbance other than for the creation of the private street and utility easement areas
ADMINISTRATIVE
Project
Consultants: Environmental Envirophase Geotech Alpha Environmental Site Plan BGE Civil Engineering BGE Survey BGE Tree Survey BGE
Disclaimer: This Development Plan is not intended to be, and does not constitute, a binding agreement by either party, nor an agreement by either party to enter into a binding agreement but is merely intended to specify certain of the proposed terms and conditions of a Development Plan or Agreement contemplated herein. 55
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
SUPPLEMENTAL DESIGN GUIDELINES TO BE INCLUDED AS
AMENDMENT TO EXISTING ENTRADA DESIGN GUIDELINES
56
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
WESTLAKE
VENTANAS
SUPPLEMENTAL
DESIGN GUIDELINES
Any notice or information required to be submitted to the ACC under these Design Guidelines hereunder will be submitted to the Westlake Ventanas ACC at 65 Andorra, Westlake TX 76262.
Background
Westlake Ventanas is a master planned community located in Tarrant County, Texas. Lots (hereinafter "Westlake Ventanas") a subdivision in Tarrant County Texas, according to the plat Recorded under Document No. (the "Property"), are subject to the terms and provisions of that certain Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions for Westlake Ventanas, recorded in the Official Public Records of Tarrant County, Texas (the
"Declaration"). Capitalized terms used but not defined in these Design Guidelines shall have the meaning subscribed to such terms in the Declaration.
Architectural Control Committee (ACC) Article 7 of the Declaration includes procedures and criteria for the construction of improvements within the Westlake Ventanas community. Section 7.01 of the Declaration provides that no Improvements may be erected, placed, constructed, painted, altered, modified or remodeled on any Lot, and no Lot may be re-subdivided or consolidated with other Lots or Property, by anyone other than Declarant, without prior written approval of the ACC. The ACC consists of three (3) members who have been appointed by Otter Partners,
LP a Texas Limited Liability Corporation (the "Declarant"). At least one member of the ACC shall be a licensed architect registered in the state of Texas. As provided in Article 7 of the Declaration, the Declarant has a substantial interest in ensuring that Improvements within Westlake Ventanas maintain and enhance Declarant's reputation as a community developer and do not impair Declarant's ability to market and sell all or any portion of the community. The members of the ACC appointed by Declarant act solely in Declarant's interest and shall owe no duty to any other Owner or Westlake Ventanas Residential Community, Inc. (the "Association").
Governmental Requirements Governmental ordinances and regulations and the Planned Development zoning for Westlake Ventanas are applicable to all Lots. It is the responsibility of each Owner to obtain all necessary permits and inspections. Compliance with these Design Guidelines is not a substitute for compliance with the applicable ordinances and regulations. Please be advised that these Design Guidelines do
57
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
not list or describe each requirement which may be applicable to a Lot within Westlake Ventanas. Each Owner is advised to review all encumbrances affecting the use and improvement of their Lot prior to submitting plans to the ACC for approval. Furthermore, approval by the ACC should not be construed by the Owner that any Improvement complies with the terms and provisions of all encumbrances which may affect the Owner's Lot. Certain encumbrances may benefit parties whose interests are not addressed by the ACC. All construction must meet applicable regulations of Federal, State, and local requirements, including but not limited to, applicable zoning, building construction codes, fire sub-code necessary for the intended use of any Lot. The ACC shall bear no responsibility for ensuring plans submitted to the ACC comply with Applicable Law. It is the responsibility of the Owner to secure any required governmental approvals prior to construction on such Owner's Lot.
Interpretation In the event of any conflict between these Design Guidelines and the Declaration, the Declaration shall control. Capitalized terms used in these Design Guidelines and not otherwise defined in this document shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Declaration.
Amendments The ACC may amend these Design Guidelines from time to time. All amendments shall become effective upon publication to the community website. Amendments shall not apply retroactively so as to require modification or removal of work already approved and completed or approved and in progress. It is the responsibility of each Owner to ensure that they have the most current edition of the Design Guidelines and every amendment thereto.
Legal Description for the Westlake Ventanas Design Guideline Supplement
BEING, all of that 15.175 acre (661,028 square foot) tract of land situated in the C.M. Throop Survey, Abstract 1510, in the Town of Westlake, Tarrant County, Texas; being part of that tract of land described in Special Warranty Deed to Texas Holdco LLC as recorded in Instrument Nos. D210070861 and D210070862 of the Official Public Records of Tarrant County, Texas; and being part of Lot 2R1, Block 1, Westlake/Southlake Addition No. 1, an addition to the Town of Westlake as recorded in Instrument Number D209080990 of the Plat Records of Tarrant County, Texas; said 15.175 acre tract of land being more particularly described by metes and bounds as follows: COMMENCING, at a 1/2-inch iron rod with “HUITT ZOLLARS” cap found at the southeast corner of said Lot 2R1; said point being the southwest corner of Lot 1R2, Block 1, Westlake/Southlake Park Addition No. 1, an addition to the Town of Westlake as recorded in Instrument Number D218212046 of the Plat Records of Tarrant County, Texas; said point being the beginning of a curve to the right in the northeast right-of-way line of Solana Boulevard (variable width right-of- way);
58
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
THENCE, in a northwesterly direction, with said curve to the right in the southwest line of said Lot 2R1 and the northeast line of said Solana Boulevard, an arc length of 239.83 feet, having a radius of 772.00 feet, a central angle of 17 degrees 47 minutes 58 seconds, and a chord which bears North 72 degrees 59 minutes 47 seconds West, 238.87 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE, with the southwest line of said Lot 2R1 and the northeast line of said Solana Boulevard, the following three (3) courses and distances: In a northwesterly direction, continuing along said curve to the right, an arc length of 346.60 feet, having a radius of 772.00 feet, a central angle of 25 degrees 43 minutes 26 seconds, and a chord which bears North 51 degrees 14 minutes 05 seconds West, 343.70 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod with “HUITT ZOLLARS” cap found for corner; North 38 degrees 22 minutes 22 seconds West, a distance of 233.71 feet to a 1/2-inch iron rod found for corner at the beginning of a tangent curve to the left; In a northwesterly direction, along said curve to the left, an arc length of 136.18 feet, having a radius of 1,428.00 feet, a central angle of 05 degrees 27 minutes 50 seconds, and a chord which bears North 41 degrees 06 minutes 17 seconds West, 136.12 feet to a point at the most southerly southwest corner of said Lot 2R1; said point being the southeast corner of Block I, Westlake Entrada, an addition to the Town of Westlake as recorded in Instrument Number D217209886 of the Plat Records of Tarrant County, Texas; THENCE, North 00 degrees 32 minutes 55 seconds West, with the west line of said Lot 2R1 and the east lie of said Block I, a distance of 168.55 feet to an angle point for corner; THENCE, North 51 degrees 27 minutes 05 seconds East, continuing with the west line of said Lot 2R1, a distance of 694.14 feet to a point for corner; THENCE, South 38 degrees 32 minutes 55 seconds East, departing the west line of said Lot 2R1, a distance of 14.21 feet to a point for corner at the beginning of a non-tangent curve to the left; THENCE, in a southeasterly direction, along said curve to the left, an arc length of 193.75 feet, having a radius of 106.08 feet, a central angle of 104 degrees 38 minutes 52 seconds, and a chord which bears South 04 degrees 28 minutes 37 seconds East, 167.92 feet to a point for corner; THENCE, South 60 degrees 27 minutes 21 seconds East, a distance of 637.72 feet to a point for corner in an east line of said Lot 2R1 and the west line of said Lot 1R2; THENCE, South 29 degrees 41 minutes 02 seconds West, with the east line of said Lot 2R1 and the west line of said Lot 1R2, a distance of 346.87 feet to a point for corner; THENCE, South 44 degrees 43 minutes 11 seconds West, departing the east line of said Lot 2R1 and the west line of said Lot 1R2, a distance of 91.30 feet to a point for corner at the beginning of a tangent curve to the right; THENCE, in a southwesterly direction, along said curve to the right, an arc length of 201.17 feet, having a radius of 314.00 feet, a central angle of 36 degrees 42 minutes 29 seconds, and a chord which bears South 63 degrees 04 minutes 26 seconds West, 197.75 feet to a point for corner;
59
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
THENCE, South 81 degrees 25 minutes 42 seconds West, a distance of 72.18 feet to a point for corner at the beginning of a tangent curve to the left; THENCE, in a southwesterly direction, along said curve to the left, an arc length of 137.15 feet, having a radius of 136.00 feet, a central angle of 57 degrees 46 minutes 46 seconds, and a chord which bears South 52 degrees 32 minutes 22 seconds West, 131.41 feet to a point for corner; THENCE, South 23 degrees 39 minutes 01 seconds West, a distance of 68.43 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing an area of 15.175 acres or 661,028 square feet of land, more or less.
60
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
CHAPTER ONE
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN
Overall Intent of the Architectural Guidelines The developer encourages the design of homes that are appropriate for the community's setting and location and to complement the surrounding natural environment. While there are no stylistic restrictions in Westlake Ventanas, homes should be visually connected through the use of similar materials and colors. These guidelines should be read in tandem with the Town of Westlake's Building Quality Manual. In the event where there is a conflict, the Building Quality Manual will rule.
Guideline Basics The essential mission of these Guidelines is to protect and enhance the value of the entire community. They have been created with the best of intent and draw from the experience of its authors and numerous successful communities of similar quality. The ACC has broad capacity to interpret the Guidelines to either stiffen or relax requirements based on its mission to realize the intent of these Guidelines over and above the enforcement of the quantitative requirements PROVIDED THE INTENT OF THE ZONING AND BUILDING QUALITY MANUAL ARE ENFORCED. Interpretations of the ACC shall always comply with the Town of Westlake's Building Quality Manual, Zoning and Ordinances. . The applicable departments of the Town of Westlake shall only be responsible for reviewing and approving the design and construction of homes for compliance with the building code (including the electrical, mechanical and plumbing codes), the fire codes and any other life safety codes as adopted by the Town. Where this document, these Design Guidelines for Westlake Ventanas, does not reference any paragraph, sentence, clause or other provision of Ordinance 760, these Design Guidelines for Westlake Ventanas shall prevail and govern. These Design Guidelines shall not prevail over any provision of the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances unless specifically expressed and provided for such herein.
61
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Maximum Height Limitation
Homes at Westlake Ventanas are generally to be limited to three stories and/or 45 feet in height (above finished grade). Single story homes are also welcomed. Homes at Westlake Ventanas are required to be composed of attached simple volumes that move up and down with the topography. Therefore, the Maximum Building Height is determined at multiple points on each home on a volume by volume basis. The ACC will have final say in the determination of what constitutes the delineation between volumes. Unless otherwise approved in advance by the ACC, no building or residential structure may exceed three stories or forty-five feet (45') in height as measured from existing grade to the midpoint of the highest pitched or hipped roof above. The measurement locations will be chosen by the ACC based upon which points are most restrictive, however the measurement shall exclude grades where walk out basements exist. Views are neither guaranteed, preserved, nor protected within Westlake Ventanas.
62
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
General Massing Requirements The general form and massing of homes in Westlake Ventanas are to reflect a residential scale that achieves the following:
• Responds to natural conditions such as topography
• Works within the structural limits of stone, wood and other natural materials.
• Is composed of multiple, simple volumes with discrete roofs. The design for a home in Westlake Ventanas must therefore accomplish the following:
• Appear residential in scale.
• Be composed of multiple, simple volumes as appropriate for the scale of a home.
• Arrange those volumes with balance and rhythm.
• Incorporate roof forms that step down from a dominant, usually central volume.
• Express the nature and organization of the home's interior spaces through articulation of volumes and fenestration patterns.
• Step up or down with grade using variation in the heights of foundations, walls and roof forms such that the structure appears integrated into its natural setting.
• Include covered and/or uncovered spaces such as balconies, courtyards and porches that enhance the composition of the larger volumes of the home.
• Include the garage in the composition such that it appears subordinate to the rest of the home.
63
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
64
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Roofs
Roofs are generally required to be simple in form and appear logical to construct. Their design should not appear to be an afterthought to the design of the floor plan. Roof forms are limited to gable, shed and hip forms with dormers as secondary forms. Flat and curved roofs are also acceptable.
Mansard roofs are not permitted. No more than 50% of the total roof may be designed as a single plane. No more than 75% of the roof may be designed as a single gable; the ACC may reduce this maximum requirement for particularly large homes as it deems necessary. A shed dormer may not exceed 2/3 of the area of the roof plane to which it is attached. Dormers must be functional to allow actual window openings and head heights for upper-level spaces as well as bring light into first floor spaces; "false" dormers are prohibited. . .
[]
65
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
THE ABOVE DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATES ROOF BREAKS
Garages Front facing garage doors are allowed if located, a minimum of 20 feet from the front property line. Side entry garages and/or motor court setting with a side entry garage can be constructed on the build line (10 feet from property line). Car ports are permissible provided that they are architecturally consistent with the rest of the home and landscaping is used to screen the paved area. Car ports should not be used to reduce or eliminate the garage requirement. Provide architectural elements such as recessed doors, awnings and single-stall doors to articulate garage elevations.
Chimneys and Other Vertical Elements
Chimneys are important elements in the overall formal composition of homes at Westlake Ventanas. They are required to be expressed as if they are serving a wood burning fireplace in scale and height. When adjacent to an exterior wall, the chimney must start at grade, be offset from the exterior wall a minimum of 1 foot and be of sufficient height to serve a wood burning fireplace, even in situations when there is a gas appliance in lieu of a traditional firebox. Spark arrestors must be shielded from view with an architectural chimney cap. Vents for direct vent fireplaces should not face the street. Plumbing vents should be minimally visible from the street as determined by the ACC. If there must be a vent visible to the street, then it should blend in color with the roof.
66
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Detached I Ancillary Structures
Detached garages, guest houses, home offices, art studios, playhouses, garden sheds and other ancillary structures are encouraged. They must, however, be designed as part of a composition with the primary structure, subordinate in scale and consistent with its architectural vocabulary. Further, no detached: ancillary structure shall be used for any purpose or activity that is inconsistent with or prohibited by, any provision of zoning for Westlake Ventanas. In most circumstances, the Enclosed Area of detached structures shall be limited to 400 square feet. In no event will the total square footage of any approved accessory structure be interpreted to reduce the minimum square footage requirements of the principal residential structure as set forth in these Design Guidelines. Detached structures must be consistent in massing, materials and style with the primary structure and are, in general, also subject to these Guidelines. Ancillary structures and buildings must be set back a minimum of 5 ft. from the side and rear property line and at the build line on the front of the lot and not within any easements.
Fenestration
Windows and doors must be designed in scales and patterns that are both complimentary to the form of the home and expressive of the internal organization of the home. In combination with the form of the various components of the building, an observer of the exterior of the home should largely be able to identify the functions of the rooms behind the windows. Window and door patterns are to be characterized by simple forms and a high level of detail.
67
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Front doors are to be of high quality and craft and consistent with the requirements for simple forms and patterns for the rest of the architecture of homes in Westlake Ventanas.
Windows Rectangular or square windows are encouraged. Special exceptions may be granted by the ACC for horizontal or banded windows when deemed appropriate to the style of the proposed architecture provided that the style meets ACC approval. Arched windows are permissible only in areas such as stone walls where they are consistent with a structural or load bearing expression. Glass block is prohibited for all exterior applications. Double hung, single hung, casement, awning and fixed windows are appropriate. Divided lite patterns are encouraged. The ACC may also approve - as an alternative - gangs of fixed or single hung windows that create a similar effect. "Snap-in" or removable mullions are not permitted. Approved window materials include wood, metal-dad, steel, aluminum or fiberglass clad. At a minimum, windows must be double-paned. Glass may be coated or tinted to control heat gain, but reflective and etched glass surfaces are prohibited. Commercial storefront window systems are allowed provided they are used in floor to ceiling glazing conditions. Metallic finishes such as dear-anodized aluminum are not permitted. Owners will be required to submit proposed manufacturers at final design review. Windows that are set in stone, brick, or stucco walls must be recessed a minimum of 3 inches. The expression of structural headers over windows is encouraged.
Doors Approved door materials include iron, wood, metal clad, steel, aluminum or fiberglass clad. Materials that appear artificial are prohibited. Owners will be required to submit proposed manufacturers at final design review. Doors that are set in stone, brick, or stucco walls must be recessed a minimum of 3 inches. The expression of structural headers over doors is encouraged. Doors shall have a minimum 8'-0" height.
68
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
All elevations must have sufficient fenestration to create visual interest and to prevent the appearance of blank wall areas. Windows and doors must be balanced such that the majority of openings are not concentrated on single elevations. Large door and window openings are encouraged to connect interior spaces with outdoor living areas such as porches and courtyards. In some cases, glazing from floor to ceiling may be appropriate. Trim is to be consistent in material, color and proportion with the details of the rest of the structure.
Windows and Skylights The solar orientation of windows must be considered in their design. On south and west facing exposures, appropriate overhangs in the form of shed roofs or extended overhangs are recommended. In general, dormers are preferred over skylights. Skylights are, however, permitted provided that they are (1) located in areas that cannot be seen from the street, (2) utilize flat glass in lieu of the older plastic "bubble" designs and (3) are colored to match the roof. Window colors are to be complimentary to the color palette of the rest of the home and are to be drawn from the following: bronze, copper, brown or other earth tones, black.
Doors Hardware for exterior doors including hinges, latches, handles and pulls must be chosen for their high quality and artistic expression. Wrought iron, bronze, copper, satin nickel or similar materials are required.
69
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
In particular, the main entry door is subject to special review to ensure that it is in keeping with the community's high standards of quality and consistent with the overall design of the home. Art glass may be included but is also subject to similar special review. Doors are to be stained or painted (with the exception of glass and some types of metal doors). Color used to emphasize a home's front door is allowed.
Garage Doors Single-wide garage doors are preferred over double-wide. Garage doors must be made of materials and include details that are commensurate with the high standards of these Design Guidelines. Garage doors shall be made of sectional wood, or be wood clad, or glass and steel. Garage doors shall be recessed a minimum of six inches from the plane of the adjacent wall. Garage doors must be clad with wood or metal that coordinate with the exterior materials and windows and doors on the house. Metal-framed doors with frosted glass panels are also allowed. Owners will be required to submit proposed manufacturers at final design review. Double-wide doors are permitted provided that the garage doors are set back from the street a minimum of 10'-0" from the front yard setback or face the side yard and that the door is designed with cladding that visually minimizes the width of the door. Doors are to be stained or painted or may be clad to match windows and are to be either the same color as the exterior siding or a slightly darker color that is still within the generally approved earth tones and hues.
Exterior Finish Materials and Details
The exterior finish materials and details of homes in Westlake Ventanas must appear to be natural. The application of exterior materials and details must be coherently applied across the entire home in a manner consistent with the overall stylistic intent of the design. All materials are to be used in such a manner as to appear structurally correct. Stone walls and columns, timber post, beams and trusses and other structural elements must appear to be self-supporting and/or appropriately massive for their task.
70
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Material changes must occur at logical transition points. Vertical transitions must occur at inside corners and horizontal transitions must occur at appropriate heights with dividing ledge stone or trim materials. Some appropriate locations for horizontal transitions include second floor finish floor elevations and windowsills and foundations. Connection details must be appropriately authentic. Materials shall express appropriate weight and dimension.
Foundations
All property owners are required to provide a geotechnical report from a licensed provider on which their foundation design is to be based.
71
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Foundation walls that are above grade by more than 6 inches must be clad with stone or other suitable finish material. Faux stone is prohibited. Foundation vents must either be concealed in some fashion or be made to be decorative. Plastic or galvanized metal vents are prohibited.
Exterior Siding Materials
The predominant materials to be used for exterior walls at Westlake Ventanas are to be stucco, brick and stone. Wood may be used as an accent material but should be limited. Wood is to be finished to take advantage of its natural grain. Wood and stone colors and patterns must complement the surrounding natural environment.
Homes at Westlake Ventanas may not use more than three major exterior wall materials.
Wood Siding Materials Wood must be stained, not painted, such that the natural grain shows through. Synthetic wood products are permitted provided that they are of sufficient quality and design to appear real. Some approved manufactures include James Hardie, Geolam, and Cali Bamboo. Builders are required to provide samples for alternative materials. Owners will be required to submit proposed materials including required trim and accessory components at final design review.
72
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Log homes are not permitted in Westlake Ventanas. Plastic and PVC trim is prohibited.
Stone In general, cladding whole masses is preferred over wainscoting. When used, stone wainscoting must be either discontinuous or varied in height. Stone wainscoting must have a ledge stone cap or coping. Openings for windows must include sufficiently massive lintels to appear structural. As an alternative, arched openings are permissible provided that the stonework is applied to appear structurally correct. Owners will be required to submit proposed materials including required trim and accessory components at final design review. Stone is subject to the following requirements:
• No faux stone with the exception of ‘Stone Coat’ or similar limestone-based materials as allowed in Entrada
• Stone must appear to be indigenous and work within the overall color palette. River rock is prohibited.
• Stone must appear to start below grade and be designed to appear structural and not a thin veneer.
• Stone must also appear to be load-bearing. The longest dimension should predominately run horizontally.
• Although thin veneer stone applications are not prohibited, they are required to be detailed such as to appear at least full bed depth.
73
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Stucco Portland cement stucco is allowed in Westlake Ventanas. Exterior Insulating Finishing Systems (E.I.F.S.) or other comparable imitation or synthetic products are not allowed. Owners will be required to submit proposed materials including required trim and accessory components at final design review.
74
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Metal Siding Non-reflective metal materials are permissible as an exterior siding material but is limited to coverage of no more than 20% of the total area of the exterior walls. Some approved materials include paint grip, copper, and zinc.
75
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Prohibited Materials The following materials are prohibited for use as siding:
• Plastics or Vinyls
• Plywood, T-111, OSB or other engineered wood sheet goods
• Composite shingles
• Wood shingles or shakes
• Masonite
76
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Roof Materials
Roofing materials are to be non-reflective, textured and a variegated dark color that is compatible with the surrounding natural environment. Their use should also be consistent with the practical requirements of the local environment. For example, shading large wall openings. Approved roofing materials include:
• Slate and high-quality faux slate tiles (DaVinci Roofscapes tile or equal)
• Flat and barrel clay tile
• Concrete tile (Monier Life tile or equal)
• Non-reflective standing seam metal (paint grip, copper, and zinc)
• Prefinished metal such as "Galvalume"
• Materials suitable for flat roofs such as TPO so long as they are not visible to a street. Prohibited roofing materials:
• All reflective metals including galvanized products
• Plastic shingles or tiles
• Wood shingles or shakes
• Metal panels designed to appear as other materials
• Composition shingles The ACC is, however, instructed to keep an open mind to advances in technology that may make some simulated materials sufficiently genuine in appearance. Owners will be required to submit proposed materials including required trim and accessory components at final design review. Flues, vents and other penetrations through the roof plane must be painted to match the roof if not enclosed in a concealing structure.
77
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Roof Colors Approved colors include:
• Earth and other muted forest tones
• Dark greens
• Variegated blacks
• Grey, blue, and green slate colors
• Copper (oxidized)
• Bronze
• Oxidized metals
• Prefinished metal such as "Galvalume"
Gutters and Downspouts
Gutters and downspouts are to be integrated into the overall design of the home in form, location and color. All downspouts shall occur at building corners unless the locations are part of a unique design intent.
78
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Plastic or other non-metal gutters and downspouts are prohibited. In locations where gutters are not used, the landscaping below the drip line must be reinforced with some form of decorative gravel or other means of preventing erosion. If a downspout drains to open ground, the receiving area must be similarly reinforced. Water should not be discharged onto adjacent lots. Paint grip, copper, and zinc are encouraged as materials. Pre-finished metal such as "Galvalume" is also allowed. Painted gutters and downspouts are discouraged.
Trim, Details, Texture and Ornamentation
A richness of architectural detailing is required in Westlake Ventanas. The selection of details has a major impact on the apparent style of the design. Details must be applied consistently on all elevations and in concert with the stylistic intent of the design. Refer Town of Westlake Building Quality Manual. Details must be substantial in scale relative to the structure and to their inherent structural properties. In all cases, elements that are structural or clad structural components must be scaled and detailed such that they appear functional and structurally appropriate. Some preferred details include:
• Exposed timber or steel, beams and trusses
• Corbels, brackets and kickers
• Exposed rafter tails
• Lintels or headers over opening in masonry walls (limestone, board- formed concrete)
• Architectural attic vents
• Flat roofs should be hidden behind parapets or provided with integral box gutters to provide seamless transitions with fasciae
• Highly crafted closure details
79
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
80
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
The ACC has wide latitude to ensure that an appropriate level of detail and ornamentation is included in proposed designs. The ACC must be the arbiter that determines the right balance between the poles of austerity and excess. The ACC will also determine whether or not an element appears to be structurally appropriate in scale and detailing for its apparent loads.
Porches I Balconies I Outdoor Spaces
Porches, balconies, and other forms of outdoor spaces that are an extension of the architecture of the home are encouraged. They must be designed to appear complementary and in appropriate proportion to the form to which they are attached or otherwise relate.
81
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
The underside of balconies where visible must be finished comparably to eaves and overhangs of roofs. Minimum depth for porches shall be 6'-0" unless a Juliet balcony is installed for stylistic considerations. Porches, when low to the ground, must be designed to screen the view below the porch. Wood, plastic, or metal lattice is not permitted; similar skirting deemed not to be sufficiently substantial by the ACC is prohibited. Structural elements such as columns, braces and kickers must be designed to appear appropriately massive to carry their apparent load, even when non- structural. If constructed of wood, the stain colors must be equal to or complementary to the trim colors on the home. Similarly, stone used on porches must be consistent with the stone on the home.
Exterior Light Fixtures Exterior Light fixtures, both attached to the home and installed elsewhere on the site must be limited in their impact in order to preserve the nighttime dark sky by minimizing the
82
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
visibility of the lamp or light source. They are to use low intensity, indirect light sources to the extent required for safety and subtle accenting of the architecture and landscape. The quality and style of the fixtures must be in keeping with the architecture of the home. Exterior lighting shall comply with the Town of Westlake's Dark Sky Ordinance. All exterior light fixtures must be shielded such that no direct light is allowed to exit the light fixture horizontally. Light from one property should not be allowed to spill onto an adjacent property . This includes security lighting operated by a motion sensor. Pole-mounted lights shall not be more than 8 feet tall. Lights mounted on masonry plinths and bollards are encouraged. Polished brass fixtures are prohibited. Wrought iron, bronze, copper, tarnished brass, and other non-reflective metals are encouraged.
The ACC will review exterior light fixtures with a high amount of scrutiny to ensure that their quality and design is commiserate with the overall requirements of these Guidelines and the home to which they are to be installed. Their scale must be appropriate to their use; oversized fixtures as determined by the ACC will be prohibited. Fixtures that are or appear to be hand crafted are encouraged.
83
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Miscellaneous Requirements
Trash storage, satellite dishes, meters and utility hook-ups and other such equipment are to be hidden from street view. Further, trash storage, and utilities as mentioned above, should be screened from adjacent properties if located in a side yard. Meters and utility hook-ups can be screened from view either by their location on the home or with landscape walls or similar structures. They must be shown on the elevations of proposed designs. Trash storage enclosures with doors easily accessible for the trash removal are required for each home at Westlake Ventanas. Each enclosure must be sized to contain at least one of the 20-gallon trash bins as required by the outside provider. Trash enclosures can either be attached to the home or free-standing. For security reasons, the trash storage enclosure must not be accessible from inside the home. Satellite dishes may not exceed 2 feet in diameter and must be approved specifically by the ACC prior to their installation. The ACC will work with the Owner to find a practical location that creates the least impact on neighbors and passersby. Potential satellite dish locations must be identified in all design submissions and then pre-wired during construction regardless of the owner's intent to have or not have satellite service.
Solar Applications Equipment used to capture the energy of the sun- such as photovoltaic panels or shingles and hot water collectors must be both integrated into the architecture and largely hidden from primary viewsheds. Windmills are prohibited. The ACC is instructed to support Owners and Architects who wish to integrate such panels and other equipment into their homes with as much flexibility as possible while maintaining its main requirement of mitigating any potential negative aesthetic impacts.
84
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
THIS
...NOT THIS
85
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Combining Homesites Prior to combining two or more Homesites, approval is to be obtained from the Declarant during the Development Period or from the ACC thereafter. When combining two or more Home sites, the ACC will designate new Building and Landscape Envelopes and a new Maximum Enclosed Area. The ACC shall respect the Town of Westlake's zoning regulations.
Driveways and Address Markers
• Minimize visibility of paved areas from off-site through vegetative screening or low wall.
• Blend driveways into the terrain by following the natural grade.
• Utilize distinctive paving materials at motor-courts and parking areas.
• Minimize width of driveway at connection with street.
• Prevent cars from overhanging onto adjacent lots. Appropriate paving materials for driveways and auto courts include:
• Colored, stamped, exposed aggregate, broom finished and/or patterned concrete
• Pre-cast concrete pavers that are chosen to blend into the natural environment or to complement adjacent paving types in both color and pattern.
• Native stone
• Decomposed granite or decorative gravel with a concrete apron of at least 20 feet in length starting at the curb. Only use if grades allow.
• Turf block or similar structured turf in low volume areas.
• Colored gravels that complement the natural environment such as iron ore or pea gravel. Only use if grades allow.
86
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
• Driveway gradients are not to exceed 12%.
• Provide wheel stops or curbs 18" from side lot line. Inappropriate paving materials include:
• Untextured, uncolored concrete
• Asphalt (unless banded or bordered with concrete)
• White, angular gravel
• Faux stone Driveways are encouraged to narrow at the driveway apron. Parking and turn- around areas must be screened from off-site views by supplementary plantings as approved by the ACC as part of the Landscape Plan. Neutra Modern House Numbers (6" tall) in any finish may be used for address markers.
87
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
18 THIS MOTOR COURT IS SCREENED BY A LOW WALL
Driveway alignments, parking and garage layouts are to minimize visibility of garage doors, driveways, and parking from the street and adjoining Homesites. Plantings of trees, shrubs and other vegetation are to be incorporated to screen driveways, garages and motor-courts. and private drainage systems as shown in the community's grading plans.
Retaining Wails Minimize the use and height of retaining walls. Blend retaining walls with the natural topography. A series of shorter stacked walls is preferable over one tall wall. Construct retaining walls out of stone that is either locally sourced or appears to be indigenous. Board-formed concrete and cor-ten steel are also permitted where not visible to a street or common area.
88
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
The tops of walls are to follow the natural contours as closely as possible. Ends of walls are not to end abruptly but are to create natural-looking transitions with existing landforms and vegetation and die into existing contours. See Attachment Two for rules regarding shared retaining walls and fences.
Drainage
• Maintain natural drainage patterns.
• Encourage on-site percolation.
• Minimize any potential for erosion.
• Direct runoff and respect public and private drainage easements, street, conveyance systems, as shown in the community grading plans. Drainage is to be designed by a professional engineer that is licensed by the State of Texas. Natural drainage courses and patterns are to be protected and maintained, wherever feasible. Impervious surfaces are to be minimized to the extent feasible to encourage water percolation into the ground. The use of more pervious (water permeable) materials, such as approved gravels or open-celled pavers is encouraged. Concentrated flows from impervious surfaces, roofs, and regrading must be collected and discharged to a street or common area. It may also be collected in an on-site rainwater collection system. Materials and sizes for all culverts, headwalls, visible drainage structures and driveways are to be approved by the Architectural Control Committee to ensure
89
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
structures appear natural and "disappear" into the landscape. Stone-reinforced dry creek beds designed to carry water without causing erosion are encouraged in lieu or in combination with underground drainage structures. Drainage across or under driveways is to be incorporated into driveway and apron design and any culverts are be concealed with stone headwalls or similar treatments. Drainage design is to minimize any potential for erosion and consequent downstream water quality impacts.
Exterior Hardscape Design: Outdoor Stairs, Paths, Courtyards, Terraces
• Create outdoor "rooms" as extensions of indoor rooms.
• Appropriate paving materials for exterior hardscape areas include:
• Native stone
• Colored, stamped, exposed aggregate and/or patterned concrete
• Brick or pre-cast concrete pavers that are chosen to bend into the natural environment or to complement adjacent paving types in both color and pattern.
• Decomposed granite or gravel Inappropriate paving materials for exterior hardscape areas include:
• Clay tile
• Non-colored, non-patterned concrete
• Asphalt
• Asphaltic concrete
90
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Screen Walls, Fences and Gates
Construct high quality walls and fences out of stone, metal, or concrete in a design that is complementary to the architecture of the home. Fences, walls and gates are to relate to the residence and site topography. Fencing materials are restricted to steel picket or metal pipe rail and wire mesh in flat black color. Wood fences are prohibited. All fencing is limited to decorative steel picket or wire mesh. Each post shall have a decorative "cap." Living plant materials for screening is encouraged.
Transitions in fence and/or wall heights required by topography are to be gradually stepped. Solid screen walls are only allowed as extensions of the house and accessory structures. These extensions shall be restricted to the building envelope and not be located on any lot line.
91
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Appropriate wall types include:
• Cast in place concrete
• Low stone walls not to exceed 4 feet in height
• Wing wall extensions that match building materials
• Stucco on CMU Appropriate fence types include:
• Metal (maximum 6' height to horizontal top rail with%" minimum picket painted black or near-black. Picket spacing to be less than 6" on center.)
• Hedges used to disguise lower cost fences, particularly fences required for pets or around pools. Inappropriate fencing materials/types include:
• Exposed Concrete block
• Chain link
• Wood fences of any type
• Opaque fences of any type Dog runs are permitted within Westlake Ventanas, provided they are constructed of materials that are complementary to the principal building walls, site walls and/or landscape structures.
92
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Dog Runs shall be attached to residences and not free standing and are limited to an area of 200 square feet. Dog runs shall be screened from the street and adjacent lots and must be contained within the Building Envelope. Any side yard fence may be installed by the first homeowner and the subsequent homeowner shall share in cost by reimbursing the first homeowner by 50% of the portion on the common lot line. Retaining walls on the front of a Lot shall be constructed of the same stone used as the project stone which is Leuders Charcoal chopped typically as 6" height laid in horizontal coursing of generally 18" lengths. The retaining wall material shall blend with the improvements constructed by the Declarant. Stone for interior Lot line walls shall be Milsap charcoal stone, randomly coursed ashlar pattern with natural grey grout.
23 AN EXAMPLE OF GRANBURY CHOPPED STONE
Landscape Structures, Site Furnishings, Fire Pits and Outdoor Art
In general, the same Guidelines that apply to architecture apply to the design of landscape structures.
• Design landscape structures that appear as extensions and/or additional building components of the main Residence.
• Incorporate landscape structures such as trellises to help mitigate the climate and create shade, shadow and texture.
• Screen fire pits, outdoor art and other ornamentation from off-site views. Site furnishings, fire pits, outdoor art and landscape structures, such as arbors, gazebos, pavilions, porte cocheres, greenhouses and/or decks, are permitted within the Building Envelope. The height, color, materials, and style of outdoor structures are to be the same or similar to that of the Residence. Fire pits must be permanent and be designed to be complementary to the architecture and landscape architecture of the overall property. Any masonry used is subject to the same requirements for the use of stone as described in the preceding chapter.
93
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Basketball Goals and Sporting Equipment
Basketball goals, or backboards, or any other similar sporting equipment of a temporary nature, shall not be placed on any Lot or street or where same would be visible from an adjoining street or Lot without the prior written consent of the ACC. No permanent basketball goals or sport equipment will be allowed. The ACC shall have the authority to establish additional guidelines for the placement and design of basketball goals, backboards, or any other similar sporting equipment and the same shall be kept and maintained out of view from any street, except in accordance with any such established guidelines. Portable goals must meet the following criteria:
• The goal may be placed to the side of the driveway and maintained at all times in a full upright position and only between the hours of 7:00 am and 7:00 pm.
• The pole, backboard and net must be maintained in good condition at all times.
• Poles may not be installed facing the street.
• Goals may not be rolled into the street or any other public right-of-way.
94
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Playscapes and Sport Courts
Sports courts, tennis courts, and playscapes or any similar recreational facilities may not be constructed on any Lot without the advance written approval of the ACC. The ACC may prohibit the installation of sports courts, tennis courts, playscapes or similar recreational facilities on any Lot. All sport courts shall follow the setback requirements for accessory buildings and accessory structures contained in these design guidelines. (minimum 5 feet from property line and not within any easement). Quantitative I Specific Requirements Playscapes or any similar recreational facilities must comply with all the following requirements:
• Must be located where the equipment will have minimum impact on adjacent Lots and be screened from public view.
• All playscapes or any similar recreational facilities equipment must be of earth tones colors, i.e., medium to dark greens, browns, and tans. Bright primary colors will not be permitted.
• Views of playscapes or any similar recreational facilities must be reduced from public streets and adjoining units whenever possible.
• Playscapes or any similar recreational facilities must be placed no closer than five feet (5') to any property line.
• Trampolines, whether portable or non-portable must be placed no closer than five feet (5') to any property line.
• Playscapes, playground equipment and trampolines are prohibited in the front yard. If approved, portable playscapes, including but not limited to, non-permanent and/or inflatable slides, moon bounces, water parks and above ground inflatable pools or kiddy pools (collectively "Portable Playscapes") must be stored in a screened area, the rear of the Lot, or inside the garage when not in use. In no event, shall any Portable Playscapes be visible from or in the front of any Owner's Lot for any period of time exceeding twenty- four (24) consecutive hours.
Water Features, Spas and Pools
• Locate pools, spas (hot tubs) and plunge pools so that their visibility is minimized from areas outside the Homesite.
• Design pools and water features that augment outdoor spaces and extend the architectural style of the Residence.
95
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Pools, spas and other water features are to be located within the Building Envelope, visually connected to the Residence and designed as an integral part of the house's exterior design. Water features such as small ponds, waterfalls and streams are to appear natural and not contrived . They must be made out of materials that appear indigenous to the site and be landscaped such that they appear to have occurred naturally. Swimming pools may only be located within the building envelope. Pool safety measures are to be taken in accordance with local governmental regulations. No swimming pool, spa and hot tub shall be located in the front or side yard on any Lot unless enclosed in a courtyard. Pool and spa covers are to be dark and muted in color to recede from view. Pools and spas are to be set down into the ground, terraces and/or decks. Above grade pools or spas are not permitted. Spa and water feature equipment enclosures may be in the side yard and are to appear as extensions of the home and/or located in underground vaults to contain noise. Solid noise absorbing covers for equipment may be required after installation if it is discovered that the equipment is audible from adjacent properties. The drains serving a swimming pool, spa and hot tub must be connected to street or private drainage systems.
96
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Planting Design
• Utilize new plantings to frame outdoor spaces, lessen the impact of new structures, screen use areas and preserve and extend the forest landscape.
• Use plants that are adapted to the climate, are less invasive and require less water and maintenance.
• Minimize the visibility of non-native plant materials, as viewed from off-site.
• Preserve and enhance the existing forest areas in the Natural Areas and existing high quality and larger trees in the Building Envelope and Landscape Area.
Each Lot shall be landscaped, at a minimum, with the following number of hardwood shade trees in the yard of each Lot - two (2) per Lot on all Lots other than
97
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
corner Lots and four (4) per corner Lot (with two (2) in the front portion of the Lot, and two (2) in the side of the Lot adjacent to the street), and ten (10) shrubs sized five gallons or more. The hardwood shade trees required in the front yard of each Lot shall be no smaller in size than 3.5" caliper. After installation, landscaping (including temporary landscaping) shall be properly maintained at all times. Any Owner who wishes to plant one or more gardens upon their Lot must obtain the approval of the ACC of any such garden and must follow applicable requirements as to size of the Lot, visibility of the Lot from other Lots, streets or common areas, and such other matters as the ACC may specify in any written approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a minimum of one (1), three and one half inch (3.5") caliper trees from the Approved Plant List must be planted on each Lot in addition to the Front Yard Requirement. If existing protected trees are preserved in the front yard of a Lot, they can be used to satisfy this requirement. Manicured or groomed yards and non-native plantings are to be restricted to spaces confined by buildings, walls and plantings or other well-defined edges so as to not be visible from the street. Moving away from the house, towards the Natural Area, non-native planting areas are to gradually transition to a native landscape so that a buffer of native vegetation surrounds the Residence. Non-native plant species may not extend outside of the Building or Landscape Envelopes. Plant materials are to use a mix of sizes and be spaced in natural, informal patterns. Plant species should be drifted (grouped to replicate natural occurring masses of same-kind plant communities). Shrubs, ground covers and vines are to be used to soften and reduce the perceived height of foundation walls. Tree and shrub plantings are to be of a sufficient quantity and size to effectively continue the native forest canopy and under-story. Trees and other vegetation are to be planted so that they define outdoor spaces, buffer views of buildings and frame views. Cut and fill slopes are to be re-vegetated with plantings appropriate to the site (see Attachment 3) to blend them into the surrounding environment. Trees and shrubs should be pruned to avoid blocking clear view of signs, address marker, illumination by light fixtures, the flow of air vents and air conditioner compressors as well as pedestrian and vehicular traffic. Plant materials are to be grouped according to water consumption needs. Areas of irrigated landscape are not to exceed 40% of the combined area of the Building and Landscape Envelopes. Xeriscaping is encouraged.
98
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Irrigation
• Minimize the amount of landscape irrigation required through water sensitive landscape design.
• Utilize automated irrigation systems that provide efficient water coverage and minimize water usage and runoff. Drip type systems are encouraged. Incorporate bubbler/drip irrigation systems that provide deep root-zone irrigation of trees and shrubs. Trees are to be irrigated on a bubbler/drip system except when planted in irrigated lawns. Note that introduction of irrigation lines may jeopardize existing trees. Trenching for irrigation lines is not to encroach within the drip line of existing trees unless required to maintain appropriate moisture content of soils around foundations. All permanent irrigation systems are to be below ground and fully automatic. Temporary irrigation systems are required at all revegetation areas. These systems are to be removed once plantings have been clearly established and after a minimum of one growing season. Black poly pipe is to be used for all temporary, above-ground irrigation systems. Group plant materials according to their water consumption needs. Mulch all new planting areas, including trees in lawn areas with a minimum of 3 inches to retain soil moisture, reduce erosion and provide for weed control.
Exterior Lighting
• Preserve the nighttime dark sky by minimizing the amount of exterior lighting.
• Utilize low intensity, indirect light sources to the extent required for safety and subtle visual effect.
• Avoid unnecessary illumination of structures. or the installation of Jelly Fish lights or similar products. Exterior lighting will be kept to a minimum and shall be subdued and indirect but consistent with good security practices. Such illumination shall be designed and installed so as to light only landscaping, driveway areas and walkways upon a Lot. Indirect sources and horizontal cut-off fixtures are recommended to reduce glare and provide general ambient light. Soffit or tree lights must be shielded or directed towards vegetation so as to eliminate glare and source visibility. Exterior lighting shall comply with Town of Westlake's Dark Sky Ordinance. No exterior light whose direct source is visible from a street or neighboring property, or which produces excessive glare to pedestrian or vehicular traffic will be allowed. Nuisance lighting and or glare must be avoided. Up-lighting shall be limited to lighting landscaping elements and shall be limited to 25 watt incandescent or equivalent lumens. Building walls shall not be illuminated and light from landscape lighting may not illuminate building walls higher than four feet (4') above grade.
99
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Floodlights are prohibited. Exterior lighting in motor courts and over garage doors may/shall be motion detector activated and not installed higher than ten feet (10') above the grade of the driveway. All light sources must be fully shielded from view from adjacent property or right-of- ways. Decorative Light sources such as entry sconces must be shielded with frosted or translucent glass. Path lighting fixtures are to be a maximum height of 24 inches. Exterior lighting is to fall within the following wattage ranges:
• Architectural lights mounted to buildings and that are fully recessed, and downward facing are not to exceed 75 watts.
• All other architectural lights are not to exceed 40 watts.
• All landscape lights are not to exceed 20 watts.
Exterior Holiday Decorations Lights or decorations may be erected on the exterior of the principal residential structure in commemoration or celebration of publicly observed holidays provided that such lights or decorations do not unreasonably disturb the peaceful enjoyment of adjacent Owners. All lights and decorations must not be permanent fixtures of the principal residential structure without prior written approval of the ACC and shall be removed within thirty (30) days after the holiday has ended.
Air-Conditioning and Other Mechanical Equipment No air-conditioning apparatus may be installed on the ground in front of the principal residential structure or on the roof of the principal residential structure unless screened in a manner approved by the ACC. Ground level air conditioning units shall be installed at street level only. All mechanical equipment, including air- conditioning equipment, shall be located in a side or rear yard only and shall not be visible from streets or Common Areas.
100
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
No window air-conditioning apparatus or evaporative cooler may be attached to any front wall or front window of the principal residential structure or at any other location where it would be visible from any street, any other Lot or any Common Area. Pool/spa equipment must be located behind walls or screened from view with landscape to contain noise.
Barbecue Grills Freestanding barbecue grills are permitted only if they are stored and used in the rear yard space of the Lot that is not visible from the street. BBQ grills may also be built into outdoor kitchens and the masonry and other materials shall match the materials used on the residence.
101
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
CHAPTER THREE CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES
Overall Intent The following restrictions shall apply to all construction activities at Westlake Ventanas. All construction shall comply with the adopted codes, ordinances, regulations and rules of the Town of Westlake; no construction, renovation or restoration of any building or structure shall occur without submitting the applicable plans and having the proper permit issued by the Town of Westlake. Any construction not permitted by the Town of Westlake shall be subject to enforcement and penalties as allowed for by the Town of Westlake Code of Ordinances. Periodic inspections by a representative of the ACC may take place in order to identify non-complying construction activities. If items identified as not complying with the regulations are not remedied in a timely manner, fines will be levied.
Erosion Control Installation and Maintenance It is the responsibility of each Owner to install erosion control measures prior to the start of construction and to maintain them throughout the entire construction process. Silt fencing installed to all applicable standards is required to be properly installed and maintained to protect the low sides of all disturbed areas, where storm-water will flow during construction. The purpose of the silt fence is to capture the sediment from the runoff and to permit filtered, clean water to exit the site. The Owner should anticipate that built- up sediment will need to be removed from the silt fence after heavy or successive rains, and that any breach in the fencing will need to be repaired or replaced immediately. If for any reason the silt fence is to be temporarily removed, please contact a representative of the ACC prior to the removal.
Security/Screening Neither the ACC, the Association, nor the Declarant shall be responsible for the security of job sites during construction. Temporary security fencing with screening around construction sites are mandatory for builders and owners and conform to ACC standards.
Construction Hours Unless a written waiver is obtained from the ACC, construction may only take place during the following hours: Monday through Friday from 7:00a.m. until 7:00p.m., and on Saturdays and Sundays from 9:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. or as regulated by the Town of Westlake if more restrictive.
Noise, Animals, Children The use of radios, tape and CD players must be restrained so as not to be heard on an adjoining Lot or street. Contractors andsubcontractors may not bring dogs to construction sites. 102
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Contractors and subcontractors may not bring children under 16 years of age to construction sites.
Material and Equipment Storage All construction materials and equipment shall be neatly stacked, properly covered and secured. Any storage of materials or equipment shall be the Owner's responsibility and at their risk. Owners may not disturb, damage or trespass on other Lots or adjacent property.
Insurance The ACC requires an Owner to procure adequate commercial liability insurance during construction naming the Association, the Declarant and the ACC as additional insureds, in an amount to be determined, from time to time by the ACC.
Site Cleanliness During the construction period, each construction site shall be kept neat and shall be properly policed to prevent it from becoming an eyesore. Owners and Builders shall be responsible for removing refuse and shall provide a container for debris and shall clean up all trash and debris on the construction site on a daily basis. Trash and debris shall be removed from each construction site on a timely basis. Lightweight material, packaging and other items shall be covered or weighted down to prevent wind from blowing such materials off the construction site. The dumping, burying or burning of trash is not permitted anywhere in Westlake Ventanas. It is imperative that, when moving heavy equipment around, precautions be taken to prevent damage to pavement, curbs, and vegetation. Crawler tractors are not to be operated on paved or concrete surfaces. Mud, dirt and other construction debris that is tracked off site shall be cleaned on a daily basis.
Sanitary Facilities A temporary sanitary facility (chemical toilet) shall be provided and maintained for the use of construction workers and shall be screened from view in a manner approved in advance by the ACC. It should be installed on level ground, at the back of the lot unless it cannot be serviced and screened from view. A mockup construction wall shall be used to screen it if located in the front part of the lot.
Construction Parking Construction crews shall not park on, or otherwise use, other Lots. No construction vehicle will be permitted to leak oil or otherwise damage or deface any street located within the community. 103
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Schedule of Fines Periodic inspections by a representative of the ACC may take place in order to identify non-complying construction activities. Listed below is the schedule of fines which may be assessed. Fine Schedule Premature Clearing $5000 Construction without ACC approval $5000 Encroachment on Adjacent Properties $5000 plus cost of repair Violation of rules, restrictions, or guidelines $500/day Failure to install or maintain erosion control measures $1000/day Sign violation $500/day *In the event, the Association or Declarant is required to repair, clean up or provide necessary service to bring the improvement into compliance, the Owner will be assessed the cost of repair, clean up, or service plus an additional 10% for time and service expended.
Duration of Construction The principal residential structure residence shall be complete and available for occupancy on or before eighteen (18) months after the commencement of construction and construction activity must be continuous. Additional extensions shall be determined by the ACC.
104
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
CHAPTER FOURDESIGN REVIEW PROCESS
Overall Intent The design review process has been developed to ensure that all new construction, alterations and renovations to existing buildings and major site Improvements conform to the guiding principles of Westlake Ventanas as outlined in the Design Guidelines. The design review process has been structured to eliminate excessive delays. The ACC suggests that property Owners begin the review process early to allow ample time to obtain required permits. When reviewing design and construction projects, the ACC will be looking for compliance with the principles outlined in this document. No plans shall be submitted to the Town of Westlake without being accompanied with written approval from the ACC.
Project Types for Review New Construction Construction of any new, freestanding structure, whether as a Residence, Accessory Structure, or landscape structure. Alterations, Additions or Rehabilitation of an Existing Structure Any new construction or rehabilitation to an existing building or landscape structure that alters the original massing, exterior finishes, window placement, roof design, exterior lighting, interior lighting visible from off-site and/or other significant design elements. Major site and/or landscape Improvements Any major Improvements or changes to Improvements, including, but not limited to, grading (for any excavation and/or fill involving more than 50 cubic yards of dirt), planting of non-native plants, tree removal, irrigation, swimming pools, driveways, fencing, paving and/or drainage, that alter an existing landscape. The ACC evaluates all development proposals on the basis of these Guidelines. Some of the Guidelines are written as broad standards and the interpretation of these standards is left up to the discretion of the ACC.
Design Review Process Overview Westlake Ventanas’ design review process, unless otherwise noted takes place in five steps. 1. Pre-Design Conference 2. Preliminary Design Review 3. Final Design Review 4. Construction Monitoring 5. Final Observation
105
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Any Improvement as described above will require and be preceded by the submission of plans and specifications describing the proposed Improvements and accompanied by an application fee. The Owner is to retain competent assistance from a licensed Architect, Arborist, Landscape Architect, Civil Engineer, Soils Engineer and a licensed and bonded Contractor (Consultants) as appropriate. The Owner and Consultant(s) are to carefully review the CC&R 's and the Guidelines prior to commencing with the design review process. Having secured final design approval from the ACC, the Owner is to also meet all submittal and approval requirements of the water utility company and the Town of Westlake Planning and Building Departments to obtain any necessary building permits. In accordance with the CC&Rs, the Owner is to commence construction within one year of final design approval and is to diligently pursue completion of construction within a year of start. Final landscape installation is to be completed within 3 months of occupancy. Written approval from the ACC is required in order for any construction and/or landscaping to extend beyond the time limits noted above. Design Review Process- Minor Improvements Minor Improvements (including, but not limited to, construction of, or addition to, fences, walls, and/or enclosure structures), which are being completed independent of any major Improvements, do not need to proceed through all four steps of the general design review process. Minor Improvements may generally be submitted as part of a two-step review process: 1. Final Design Review 2. Final Observation Specific submission requirements and fees will be determined on a case-by-case basis as required by the nature of the Improvement. Owners and/or Consultants should contact the ACC to verify whether an Improvement qualifies for the abbreviated design review process. Upon receipt of permission to proceed with an abbreviated process, the Owner and/or Consultant will obtain a list of specific submission requirements from the ACC. Exclusions to ACC review would be rehabilitation or maintenance of an existing structure or landscaping elements. For example; replacement of dead plant material with same or similar pre-approved plants; mulching or routine tree trimming; repainting same colors or routine maintenance of structure.
Actions and Approvals The ACC's actions on matters are to be by a majority vote of the ACC. Any action required to be taken by the ACC may be taken regardless of its ability to meet as a quorum, if a majority of the ACC is able to review the matter individually and come
106
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
to a majority opinion. In such cases, the ACC shall make every effort to facilitate a discussion of the matter between all members through teleconferencing and/or other means of communication. The ACC will keep and maintain a record of all actions taken by it. If an Owner and/or Consultant disagrees with the ACC's written conclusions from a meeting, the Owner and/or Consultant should list specifically, in writing, which portions of the written record require clarification or correction. The ACC will then review the requested clarifications or corrections and either amend the record accordingly or let it stand, while noting the issues raised by the Owners and/or consultant(s). In the latter case, a subsequent meeting shall be held between the Owner and the ACC to resolve the difference in interpretation. However, the decision of the ACC will be final. After the Declarant has delegated to the Board the appointment of ACC members, any Owner may appeal ACC actions as described in the CC&Rs. The powers of the ACC relating to design review will be in addition to all design review requirements imposed by any other governing body with legal action.
Approved Design Professionals In addition to the Declarant, the design team is to be comprised of the following Consultants:
• Architect
• Landscape Architect
• Arborist
• Additional professional services such as Civil Engineer, as required.
Protocol for Approval of Architects Architects and Landscape Architects may work on a particular Homesite at Westlake Ventanas provided the conditions listed below are met.
1. Samples of previous residential work:
• The Architect is to provide the ACC with three recent examples of residential designs that would generally meet the Design Guidelines.
• The Architect is to provide the ACC with a list of residential clients, general contractors, structural and Civil Engineers (preferably three each) whom the ACC may contact as references.
2. Affidavit on compliance with regulations:
• The Architect is to review Westlake Ventanas Design Guidelines.
• The Architect is to review the zoning and building regulations for the town of Westlake.
• The Architect is to provide the ACC with a signed copy of the Affidavit,
107
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
available from the ACC office, certifying that he/she has reviewed and understood the documents referred to above and will comply with their provisions.
3. Approval by ACC:
• The ACC shall have sole discretion to approve or disapprove any Architect submitted by an Owner. The ACC may disapprove an Architect if in the ACC's reasonable opinion, the Architect does not have the qualifications, training, license, experience or understanding of the design requirements to execute the design and construction of a residence at Westlake Ventanas.
• The ACC shall have the sole and absolute discretion to include an Architect on its list of Invited Architects. The approval of an Architect to design a particular residence for a particular client does not require the ACC to approve him/her for any other Owner.
Pre-Design Conference Prior to preparing any drawings for a proposed project, the Owner, Architect, Landscape Architect and any other key project team members are to meet with at least one member of the ACC or ACC Administrator to discuss the proposed project. During this meeting, the ACC will explain to the project team their responsibilities in implementing the Guidelines. This meeting will initiate the review and approval process and allow any questions regarding building requirements, interpretation of the Guidelines or the design review process to be resolved. The Owner may request that the meeting take place on the Homesite. Prior to the Pre-Design Conference, the Owner is to have engaged the services of an Architect and Landscape Architect and reviewed the Guidelines together with these Consultants. The Owner and Architect, at a minimum, are to attend this initial meeting. Additional information may be requested by the ACC as necessary to describe the project. The Pre-Design Conference may be scheduled by submitting the Pre-Design Conference Request Form at least ten (10) working days prior to the desired meeting date.
Preliminary Design Review Within six months of the Pre-Design Conference, the Owner is to submit a written application and preliminary design documents for Preliminary Design Review. A checklist of the required preliminary design documents follows. The Preliminary Design Review will insure that:
• All structures are sited to step with the topography, blend into the landscape and minimize grading and site impact.
• The transition between the building and the surrounding environment accomplishes the intent and specifics of the Guidelines.
• The roofs, massing, building materials, landscape materials and other site
108
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
and architectural Improvements are consistent with any adjoining buildings and/or outdoor amenities and the Guidelines. Conceptual Submissions (optional)
Owners and / or design representatives may choose to submit sketches and / or conceptual
designs for ACC feedback prior to submitting for Preliminary Design Review.
Preliminary Design Review Submission Materials The Applicant is to prepare and submit to the ACC for review and approval a Preliminary Design Review package, which adequately conveys (as appropriate): existing site conditions, building orientation and design, vehicular and pedestrian access, the proposed use of exterior materials and colors, and conceptual landscape design. The package shall include one full-size sets and two sets of 11" x 17'' reductions of the drawings and/or materials listed below. The following list describes the information that will be required for new construction projects and for alteration, rehabilitation, or additions to an existing structure. New construction projects are to submit all items listed below. Submissions for additions to existing buildings need only submit items two (2) through six (6). Submissions for the alteration and/or rehabilitation of an existing structure and/or major landscape Improvements need only submit items five (5) and six (6). 1. Preliminary Design Review Application Form - A completed application form. (ATTACHMENT ONE)
2. Property Survey- (1" = 20'-0" minimum scale), a property survey prepared by a licensed surveyor indicating property boundaries; front, rear and side setbacks; the area of the property and Improvement Envelope; all easements of record; all existing 4" caliper and greater trees (as measured four (4) feet from the ground); and any significant drainages, as applicable.
3. Site Plan - (1" = 20'-0" minimum scale), showing existing topography and proposed grading and drainage (1' contour interval), building footprint with finished floor grades, driveway, parking area, drainage, fences, walls, patios, decks, pools and any other site amenities. Existing vegetation patterns, proposed clearance areas and trees to be removed and/or preserved are to be indicated.
4. Floor and Roof Plans- (1/8" = 1'-0" minimum scale, unless otherwise specified), including all proposed uses, proposed walls, door and window locations, overall dimensions, finished floor elevations, and total square footage for all floors of all structures.
5. Schematic Elevations- (1/8" = 1'-0" minimum scale), including Building Heights, roof pitch, existing and finished grades and notation of exterior materials . In addition to black and white elevations, one unbound set is to be rendered in color and illustrate shadows.
6. Conceptual Landscape Plan- (1" = 20'-0" minimum scale), a conceptual plan showing irrigated areas, areas of planting, a preliminary plant list, extent of
109
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
lawns, areas to be revegetated, water features, patios, decks, courtyards, schematic utility layout, service areas and any other significant design elements.
7. Study Model - (1/8" = 1' - 0" minimum scale), illustrating the relationship between proposed and existing building forms and topography, tree heights and prevailing site conditions. This need not be an expensively detailed model, but simply adequate to communicate basic three-dimensional concepts. A three- dimensional computer rendering(s) may be substituted to fulfill this requirement. The ACC reserves the right to amend the Preliminary Design Review submission requirements on a case-by-case basis as required by conditions and considerations particular to each Homesite and/or building(s). Staking and Tree Taping Upon submittal of the Preliminary Design Review Application for all Improvements, the Owner is to stake the corners of the proposed building, any proposed building additions, all other major improvements and driveway centerlines. The Preliminary Design Review submission will not be considered complete until the building footprint and driveway are staked. Trees proposed for removal are to be marked in the field with red tape. Trees to be pruned and/or limbed are to have blue tape tied to the limb and/or area of trimming. Trees proposed for transplanting are to be taped with yellow ribbon and a stake placed in the proposed location of transplant. Preliminary Design Review Meeting The Owner and/or Consultant(s) may attend the meeting but are not required to be present. The ACC will review and comment on the application at the meeting, allow time for discussion with the Owner and/or Consultant(s), and subsequently provide the Owner with the conclusions of the meeting in writing. The comments of the ACC on the preliminary approval shall not be binding upon either the Owner or the ACC if approval is not initially granted. If there are significant changes required, the ACC may determine that a second review meeting may be necessary to review corrected and/or new materials prior to submitting for final plat. Corrected materials must be provided to the ACC a minimum of five (5) working days prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting.
Final Design Review Within one year of Preliminary Design Review approval, the Owner is to initiate Final Design Review by submitting the written application and final design documents. All items are to be in compliance with the Guidelines prior to submitting for Final Design Review. 110
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Final Design Review Submission Materials The Applicant is to prepare and submit to the ACC for review and approval a Final Design Review package that adequately conveys compliance with the Guidelines. Final design documents are to generally conform to the approved Preliminary Design Review documents. All architectural plans are to be prepared by an Architect or approved Designer. The package is to include one full-size sets and two sets of 11" x 17" reductions of the following drawings and/or materials. Submissions for new construction and additions to existing buildings should submit all items listed below. Submissions for the alteration and/or rehabilitation of an existing structure and/or major landscape Improvements need only submit items 3 through 10 as applicable. 1. Final Design Review Application Form - A current application form, available from the ACC office, is to be completed and submitted.
2. Site Plan - (1" = 20'-0" minimum scale) showing existing topography and proposed grading and drainage (1' contour interval), building footprint (including accessory structures) with finished floor grades, building setbacks, easements, driveway, address marker, parking area, drainage, utilities, fences/walls, patios, decks, pools and any other site amenities. Existing vegetation patterns (including extent of tree canopies), proposed clearance areas and trees to be removed and/or preserved are to be indicated.
3. Grading, Drainage and Erosion Control Plans- (1" = 20'-0" minimum scale), showing existing and proposed grades, all drainage structures and/or other drainage design solutions, and cut and fill calculations. Plans are to also indicate the size of stockpiles, where they are to be located on the Construction Site and the length of time they will remain. The extent and location of sediment fencing, and measures taken to control erosion during grading and construction are also to be indicated.
4. Foundation, Floor and Roof Plans - (1/8" = 1'-0" minimum scale, unless otherwise specified), for all buildings, including all proposed uses, room dimensions, total square footage for conditioned and unconditioned spaces, door and window locations and sizes, location and type of all exterior lighting fixtures. Roof plans are to indicate ridge elevations, roof pitches and locations of drainage systems, chimneys, vents, flues, satellites, antennas, and solar panels. Visual screening of satellites, antennas and solar panels is to likewise be addressed.
5. Elevations- (1/8" = 1'-0" minimum scale), illustrating the exterior appearance of all views labeled in accordance with the site plan. Indicate the height of chimney(s) as compared with the ridge of the roof, the highest ridge of the roof, finished floor elevations, and existing and finished grades for each elevation. Describe all exterior materials, colors, and finishes (walls, roofs, trim, chimneys, windows, doors, light fixtures, etc.).
6. Landscape Plans- (1" = 20'-0" minimum scale), including irrigation plans with locations of main irrigation lines, areas of automatic irrigation, type of controls and type of heads; proposed plant materials, sizes, and locations; trees to be removed; tree protection plan; areas of planting, water features, patios, decks, courtyards,
111
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
utility layout, service areas and any other significant design elements.
7. Lighting Plan - (1/8" = 1'-0" minimum scale), including locations of all exterior architectural and landscape light fixtures. Cut sheets are to be submitted for all proposed fixtures and bulb types, including wattage and lumen specifications for each fixture and the total lumen output calculation for the Homesite.
8. Sample Board (as applicable)- including:
• Roof materials and colors
• Wall materials and colors
• Exterior trim material and color
• Window material and color
• Exterior door material and color
• Stone/rock materials
• Exterior rails, fencing, and paving materials
• Lighting fixture cut sheets 9. Construction Schedule - include start and completion dates for both building and landscape construction. The ACC reserves the right to amend the Final Design Review submission requirements on a case-by-case basis as required by conditions and considerations particular to each specific project and/or property. Staking and Tree Taping Upon submittal of Final Design Review documents, Applicants are to re-stake the buildings, if the building footprint has been altered from that staked at Preliminary Design Review or if requested by the ACC. The Applicant is to contact the ACC prior to submitting final design documents to confirm staking requirements. Trees proposed for removal are to be marked in the field with red tape. Trees to be pruned and/or limbed are to have blue tape tied to the limb and/or area of trimming. Trees proposed for transplanting are to be taped with yellow ribbon and a stake placed in the proposed location of transplant. Final Design Review Meeting The Owner and/or Consultant(s) may attend the meeting but are not required to be present. The ACC will review and comment on the application at the meeting, allow time for discussion with the Owner and/or Consultant(s), and subsequently provide the Owner with an approval or conclusive recommendations in writing for refinements to the design. A second review meeting may be necessary to review corrected and/or new materials. Corrected materials are to be provided to the
112
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
ACC a minimum of five (5) working days prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting. Final Design Approval The ACC will issue final design approval in writing. Construction must commence within twelve (12) months of final design approval. Past the twelve months, the owner is required to provide an affidavit that plans are intact and unchanged.
113
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Changes to Approved Plans Westlake Ventanas Residential CC&R's contain provisions that any improvements by property Owner must conform with approved plans. Therefore, the final approval of a proposed design constitutes an agreement with the Association that the proposed home or modification to a home be consistent with the approved plans and specifications. The ACC, however, understands that the construction process may ultimately result in either a need or desire to make a change in the approved drawings and will welcome the opportunity to review proposed changes. In the event a change is desired, the Owner, Contractor or Architect must submit the proposed changes in a graphic form to the ACC for review. The ACC will work in a reasonable manner to respond to a request for change as quickly as possible, but the review process will remain consistent with the aforementioned policies and guidelines. Applications for changes to approved plans shall include the following:
• A clear statement of the scope of the requested change
• A statement supporting the reasons for the change.
• Appropriate graphic materials illustrating the change. Note: If changes are made to approved drawings without ACC review and approval, a stop work notice may be posted on the project until such time as the required approval is obtained. To avert delays in construction, submit changes as early as possible for ACC approval. Re-submittal of Plans In the event that final submittals are not approved by the ACC, the Owner will follow the same procedures for a resubmission as for original submittals. An additional design review fee is to accompany each resubmission as required by the ACC. Subsequent Changes Subsequent construction, landscaping or other changes in the intended Improvements that differ from approved final design documents, sample boards or the mock-up are to be submitted to the ACC for review and approval prior to making changes.
Work in Progress Observations During construction, the ACC will check construction to ensure compliance with approved final design documents. If changes or alterations have been found that have not been approved, the ACC will issue a Notice to Comply. Notice to Comply In the event that the ACC finds changes and/or alterations during the Construction Monitoring process that have not been approved, the ACC will issue a
114
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Notice to Comply.
115
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Notice of Completion Upon completion of construction of the Residence and the landscaping, the Owner and/or Contractor will submit to the ACC a Final Observation Request form for any lmprovement(s) given final design approval by the ACC. The ACC will make a final inspection of the property within ten (10) working days of notification, weather permitting. Construction deposit will be returned at this time.
Right of Waiver The ACC recognizes that each Homesite and/or Building has its own characteristics, and that each Owner has their own individual needs and desires. For this reason, the ACC has the authority to approve deviations from portions of the Guidelines. It should be understood, however, that any request to deviate from these Guidelines will be evaluated at the sole discretion of the ACC. Prior to the ACC approving any deviation from the Design Guidelines, it must be demonstrated that the proposal is consistent with the overall objectives of these Design Guidelines and that the deviation will not adversely affect adjoining properties or Westlake Ventanas as a whole. The ACC also reserves the right to waive any of the procedural steps outlined in the Guidelines provided that the Owner demonstrates there is good cause.
Non-Waiver, No Inadvertent Precedents An approval by the ACC of drawings, specifications or work done or proposed, or in connection with other matters requiring approval under the Guidelines, including a waiver by the ACC, shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to withhold subsequent approval. For example, the ACC may disapprove an item shown in the final design submittal even though it may have been evident and could have been, but was not, disapproved at the Preliminary Design Review. An oversight by the ACC of non- compliance at any time during the review process, construction process or during its final inspection does not relieve the Owner/Developer from compliance with these Guidelines and all other applicable codes, ordinances, and laws. Any error, omission or misjudgment by the ACC in any one instance shall not constitute the creation of a precedent governing future approvals and decisions. The ACC reserves the right to learn from any such errors or misjudgments and shall not be required to approve repetitions of them. Non-Liability The ACC or any member, employee or agent of the ACC will not be liable to any party for any action, or failure to act with respect to any matter if such action or failure to act was in good faith and without malice.
116
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Design Review Schedule The ACC will make every reasonable effort to comply with the time schedule for design review. However, the ACC will not be liable for delays that are caused by circumstances beyond their control. The ACC will provide design review according to the following schedule, provided that all plans approved by the ACC shall be submitted to the Town of Westlake for review and approval in accordance with the submittal calendar established by the Town of Westlake:
1. Pre-Design Conference
• Meeting scheduled within ten (10) working days of receipt of Pre-Design
• Conference request form.
2. Preliminary Design Review
• Application documents to be submitted ten (10) working days prior to the next scheduled ACC meeting.
• The ACC shall meet within twenty (20) working days to consider a complete application.
3. Final Design Review
• Application documents to be submitted ten (10) working days prior to the next scheduled ACC meeting and within one year of preliminary design approval
• The ACC shall meet within fifteen (15) working days to consider a complete application.
• A second review meeting may be necessary to review corrected and/or new materials. Corrected materials will be provided to the ACC a minimum of five (5) working days prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting.
4. Minor Improvement
• Application documents to be submitted a minimum of seven (7) working days prior to the next scheduled ACC meeting.
• Written comments from the ACC meeting provided to Owner within seven (7) working days.
• A second review meeting may be deemed necessary by the ACC to review refinements, revisions and/or new materials. These materials must be provided to the ACC a minimum of five (5) working days prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting.
• Written comments and/or notice of final design approval provided by ACC to Owner within seven (7) working days of the review meeting.
5. Construction Observations
• Site Observation with the Contractor prior to any site disturbance, and
117
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
within seven (7) working days of receipt of written request.
• Foundation/Mock-Up Observation within seven (7) working days of receipt of written request.
118
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
• Final Construction Observation within seven (7) working days of receipt of written request.
• Notice of Completion issued within seven (7) working days of approved Final Landscape Observations.
Plan Submittals and Review Fees New residential home construction within Westlake Ventanas will utilize the process described in this section. No Improvements may be commenced until the Owner has received a written "Approval" from the ACC. Construction Security Deposit In order to ensure an owner's compliance with the documents, each owner shall pay to the Association a construction deposit (in an amount established by the Board from time to time) upon the owner's submission of final plans and specifications for the construction or modification of an improvement under these Guidelines. Currently, the construction deposit for new construction is $25,000 and $12,500 for remodels, additions, or expansions. Said funds shall be held in escrow. Upon final inspection by the ACC and compliance with the approved plans and completion of all landscape and site requirements, the deposit shall be returned net of any Association draws as described below. The Association may draw against the deposit to repair or replace damages to Open Spaces, Association owned improvements including gates, curbs, streetlights, landscape, and irrigations systems. The deposit may also be utilized for site clean-up, repairs or replacements to erosion control devices and the like if owner or builder fail to keep the construction site clean or fails to keep mud and silt from the streets and Open Spaces. New or Revision House-Start ACC Application- $2,500 per application Submittal process: Current ACC application completely filled out, plot plan attached (no plans required), and a check per application mailed or delivered to the ACC. Revisions will be charged same as a new submittal. Master Plans ACC Submittal- $500 per package Submittal process: These packages usually occur when a builder enters a community, or changes product. All plans are to be submitted on ledger paper llx16 or half size sets. Plans must include all elevations, roof pitch, brick/stone/stucco/siding percentages, and dimensional page for house width. Please include a submittal letter explaining the section(s) and specifics of the review. Mail or deliver the plan sets along with a check to theACC. ***Plans are reviewed in advance by the ACC.*** Additional/New ACC Plan Review- $500 per plan Submittal process: Mail or deliver half size or llx16 set of plans that include all
119
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
elevations, roof pitch, brick/stone/stucco/siding percentages, and a dimensional page. Include a submittal letter describing the request along with a check per each plan to be reviewed to the ACC. Variance ACC Review - $250 per variance Submittal process: Variance request letters must include the legal address, street address, and a description of the variance, i.e. measurements, etc. Mail or deliver the letter and any supportive materials (plot plan) along with a check to the ACC.
120
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
ATTACHMENT ONE
ACC APPLICATION Deliver to: ACC c/o _ Address Date: Lot: Block: Phase: Section: _ Plan #: Bedrooms: Baths: _ Address: Lot Plan Attached: (Please Circle) Yes/No 1st Floor Masonry % _ 2nd Floor Masonry % _ Chimney: (Please Circle) Yes/No Masonry Fencing Type: _ Stone Manufacturer and Color: _ Brick Manufacturer and Color: _ Roof Pitch : Roof Color : Roof Material : _ Paint Color: _ Fill in the information if different from color above
121
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Trim Color: Door Color: Shutters Color: _ Garage Color: _ Square Footage of House: House Width: Front Retaining Wall: (Please Circle) Yes/No Deck: Yes/No Patio: square feet Comments: _ Builder Name/Contact Information: _ By: _ Approval Date: _
122
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
ATTACHMENT TWO
WESTLAKE VENTANAS SUPPLEMENT TO THE DESIGN GUIDELINES
Shared side yard retaining wall rule These rules shall set forth the responsibilities of adjacent lot owners and are applicable for lots with cross slopes such that the natural grade falls across the street face or width of the lot.
Project Consistent Stone All retaining walls constructed on a property line shall be constructed or faced with the stone designated as the community stone. This stone specification shall also apply to any wall visible to a street. The project stone is hereby designated to be available from quarry or as sourced by lot owner to be consistent in type.
Wall Location Where retaining walls are constructed alongside lot lines to either facilitate fill on the uphill lot or cut on the downhill lot, the wall shall be located wholly within the lot where the construction activity first occurs. In other words, if the uphill lot is developed first, then builder shall construct the retaining wall within the uphill lot. If the downhill lot is developed first and desires to cut into the slope, thus requiring a retaining wall to withhold the natural grade, the wall shall be wholly located within the downhill lot unless mutually agreed to in writing by the adjacent lot owners. The cost of the retaining wall shall be borne by the owner of the lot where the wall is constructed subject to the following criteria:
Cost Sharing If a lot owner constructs a residence on any lot whereby the natural grade is unaltered a side lot line, that lot owner is exempt from participating in any retaining wall cost that the adjacent lot owner may construct. Refer to diagram "A". In diagram "A" the owner of lot 1did not alter grades at either side yard lot line, and therefore would not participate in any side yard retaining wall costs. They would pay for 50% of each side yard fence. If two adjacent lots are both altered from natural grade whereby the uphill lot and the downhill lot both require the shared side yard retaining wall as illustrated in diagram "B", then the cost of the wall shall be shared 50/50 by both lot owners. In diagram "B", both lot owner 1 and 2 have altered the grade at their common side property line and therefore both contribute equally to the cost of the shared wall. The owner of the lot to be developed first shall fund the full cost of the wall. The lot owner shall provide the ACC, or their designate, an invoice showing the full cost of the side yard wall. At such time as the adjacent lot is developed, the owner of that lot shall remit a reimbursement of 50% of that wall to the ACC at the time
123
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
the construction deposit is paid to the ARC. The ARC shall remit the reimbursement to the lot owner who constructed the wall. Any agreement to the contrary must be made in writing prior to the wall construction, signed by both lot owners and provided to the ARC. The obligation to reimburse shall attach to the lot and the ARC shall be able to lien the lot owing the reimbursement.
Shared Fences All side yard retaining walls shall be constructed with corning at 8 ft on center to receive fence posts for a steel picket fence as described in the Design Guidelines. Regardless of whether a retaining wall is constructed along a side yard lot line, any fence that is installed along a side yard lot line shall be shared 50/50 by both lot owners. The fence shall be installed as part of the retaining wall construction regardless of whether the wall was constructed by the uphill or downhill lot owner.
124
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Westlake Ventanas Retaining Wall Rule
l a+ 1. Diagram "A" . ..·. -- - - Diagram "B"
125
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
ATTACHMENT THREE
NORTH TEXAS PLANT LIST
The following list should be used as a starting point for selecting plants in Westlake Ventanas.
Requirements for specific Lots may be more or less restrictive depending on landscape
indigenous to the immediate site and the location of the site within the Property.
Canopy Trees at Street I Lot:
Shumard Red Oak (Quercusshumardii) Live Oak (Quercus virginiana) Chinquapin Oak (Quercus muehlenbergii) Lacebark Elm (Ulmus parvifolia) Cedar Elm (Ulmus crassifolia) Allee Elm (Ulmus parvifolia 'Emer II') Texas Ash (Fraxinus texensis) White Ash (Fraxinus americana)
Canopy Trees at Open Spaces:
Bald Cypress (Taxodium distichum) Bur Oak (Quercus macrocarpa) Lacey Oak (Quercus laceyi)
Ornamental Trees:
Desert Willow (Chilopsis linearis) Thornless Mesquite ( Mexican Plum (Prunus mexicana) Redbud (Redbud spp.) Yaupon Holly (Ilex vomitoria) Possomhaw Holly (Ilex d ecidua) Eastern Red Cedar (Juniperus virginiana) Vitex (Vitex agnus) Crape Myrtle (Lagerstroemia indica)
126
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Shrubs:
Abelia spp. (Abelia) Cast Iron Plan (Aspidistra elatior) Coral Beauty Cotoneaster (Cotoneaster dammeri) Agarito (Mahonia trifoliolata) American Beautyberry (Callicarpa Americana) Apache Plume (Fallugia paradoxa) Autumn Sage (Salvia greggii) Dwarf Wax Myrtle (Myrica pussila) Flame Acanthus (Anisacanthus wrightii) Fragrant Sumac (Rhus aromatic) Pale Leaf Yucca (Yucca pallida) Red Yucca (Hesperaloe parviflora) Smooth Sumac (Rhus glabra) Texas Barberry (Mahonia swaseyi) Texas Sage (Leucophyllum frutescens) Turk's Cap (Malvaviscus drummondii)
Grasses:
Switchgrass (Panicum virgatum) Big Bluestem (Andropogon gerardii) Bushy Bluestem (Androphgon glomeratus) Eastern Gamagrass (Tripsacum dactyloides) Gulf Muhly (Muhlenbergia capillaris) Indiangrass (Sorghastrum nutans) Inland Seaoats (Chasmanthium latifolium) Lindheimer Muhly (Muhlenbergia lindheimeri) Little Bluestem (Schizachyriumscoparium)
127
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Perennials:
Black Eyed Susan (Rudbeckia hirta) Blackfoot Daisy (Melampodium
leucanthum) Blue Mist Flower (Eupatorium
greggii) Butterfly Weed (Asclepias
tuberosa) Cardinal Flower (Lobelia
cardinalis) Coreopsis (Coreopsis lanceolata) Fall Obedient Plant (Physostegia virginiana) Four-nerve Daisy (Hymenoxys scaposa) Fragrant Phlox (Phlox pilosa) Cedar Sage (Salvia roemeriana) Mealy Blue Sage (Salvia farinacea) Prairie Verbena (Verbena
bipinnatifida) Purple Coneflower
(Echinacea spp.) Rockrose (Pavonia
lasiopetala) Ruellia (Ruellia spp.) Scarlet Sage (Salvia coccinea) Texas Lantana (Lantana horrida) Winecup (Callirhoe involuncrata) Yellow Columbine (Aquilegia spp.)
128
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Canopy Trees at Street I Lot:
Shumard Red Oak (Quercus shumardii)- Lacebark Elm (Ulmusparvifolia)
Live Oak (Quercus virginiana)- Cedar Elm (Ulmus crassifolia)-
Chinquapin Oak (Quercus muehlenbergii) Allee Elm (Ulmus parvifolia 'Emer II')
129
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Texas Ash (Fraxinus texensis) Bur Oak (Quercus macrocarpa)
White Ash (Fraxinus americana) Lacey Oak (Quercus laceyi)
Canopy Trees at Open Spaces: Ornamental Trees:
Bald Cypress (Taxodium distichum) Desert Willow (Chilopsis linearis)
130
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Thornless Mesquite
Mexican Plum (Prunus mexicana)
Redbud (Redbud spp.)
Yaupon Holly (Ilex vomitoria)
Possomhaw Holly (Ilex decidua)
Eastern Red Cedar (Juniperus virginiana)
131
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Vitex (Vitex agnus)
CrapeMyrtle(Lagerstroemia indica)
Shrubs: Abelia spp. (Abelia)
Cast Iron Plan (Aspidistra elatior)
Coral Beauty Cotoneaster (Cotoneaster dammeri)
Agarito (Mahonia trifoliolata)
132
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
American Beautyberry (Callicarpa
Americana)
ApachePlume(Fallugiaparadoxa)
Autumn Sage (Salvia greggii)
Dwarf Wax Myrtle (Myrica pussila)
Flame Acanthus (Anisacanthus wrightii)
Fragrant Sumac (Rhus aromatic)
133
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Pale Leaf Yucca (Yucca pallida)
Red Yucca (Hesperaloeparviflora)
Smooth Sumac (Rhus glabra)
Texas Barberry (Mahonia swaseyi)
Texas Sage (Leucophyllum frutescens)
Turk's Cap (Malvaviscus drummondii)
134
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Grasses: Switchgrass (Panicum virgatum)
Big Bluestem (Andropogon gerardii)
Bushy Bluestem (Androphgon
glomeratus)
Eastern Gamagrass (Tripsacum dactyloides)
Gulf Muhly (Muhlenbergia capillaris)
Indiangrass (Sorghastrum nutans)
135
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Inland Seaoats (Chasmanthium
latifolium)
Perennials Black Eyed Susan (Rudbeckia hirta)
Lindheimer Muhly (Muhlenbergia lindheimeri) Blackfoot Daisy (Melampodium leucanthum)
Little Bluestem (Schizachyrium scoparium) Blue Mist Flower (Eupatorium greggii)
136
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Butterfly Weed (Asclepias tuberosa)
Cardinal Flower (Lobelia cardinalis)
Coreopsis (Coreopsis lanceolata)
Fall Obedient Plant (Physostegia virginiana)
Four-nerve Daisy (Hymenoxys scaposa)
Fragrant Phlox (Phlox pilosa)
137
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Cedar Sage (Salvia roemeriana)
Mealy Blue Sage (Salvia farinacea)
Prairie Verbena (Verbena bipinnatifida)
Purple Coneflower (Echinacea spp.)
Rockrose (Pavonia lasiopetala)
Ruellia (Ruellia spp .)
138
Exhibit "C" - Development Standards
Scarlet Sage (Salvia coccinea)
Texas Lantana (Lantanahorrida)
Winecup (Callirhoe involuncrata)
Yellow Columbine (Aquilegia spp.)
139
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:25-38 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.2.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Discuss, consider, and act to approve the purchase of a new fire engine not to exceed $1.3 million dollars.
STAFF:John Ard, Fire Chief
BACKGROUND:
The department currently operates two fire engines: a 2003 model (22 years old) as a reserve engine and a 2015
model (10 years old) in frontline service. Last summer, the council approved $1.3 million in the FY24/25
budget for the replacement of the 2003 fire engine with a new, fully equipped apparatus. Since the approval, the
fire department has been focused on selecting, designing, and outfitting the new engine to ensure it meets the
community's needs and risks, while aligning with our deployment strategies.
Please see the attached support documents for the purchase of a new fire engine.
DISCUSSION:
Apparatus Replacement
It is important to note that the lead time for the new fire engine will be approximately three years.
The standard practice for fire apparatus replacement in the fire service industry follows a 10/10 model,where
the apparatus serves in frontline status for 10 years and then transitions to reserve status for another 10 years
with a lifecycle of 20 years.The Town’s vehicle replacement policy aligns with this,stating that a fire apparatus
has a total life span of 20 years.According to the 2020 Community Risk Assessment:Standard of Cover for the
Westlake Fire-EMS Department,the expected life span for an engine is also 20 years.It's important to note that
while age is a key factor in assessing the need for replacement,other considerations such as vehicle mileage
and engine hours are also critical in determining serviceability.A common tool utilized in the industry to
evaluate vehicle replacement is illustrated in the attached report “Apparatus Replacement Justification 2024.”
Additionally,the fire department has created “Vehicle Replacement Schedule”that illustrates the replacement
of the reserve engine.
Loose Emergency Equipment Replacement
Only one fire engine is equipped with all the necessary emergency equipment.All loose fire equipment should
follow the apparatus replacement schedule,which means we should be replacing the equipment every 10 years
or on an as needed basis.
By delivery of the new fire engine (approx.three years),nearly all loose equipment on the current fire engine
will be 13 years old and will need to be replaced.It is important to note that some equipment,including Self-
Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA),and extrication equipment have been replaced in recent years and will
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™140
File #:25-38 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.2.
not be part of this equipment purchase.
FISCAL IMPACT:
$1,286,031.53
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
While working with Finance Director Cayce Lay Lamas,two potential options for purchasing a fire engine
were considered.The first option is to prepay and receive a guaranteed savings of $124,897.16,which amounts
to a 9%discount.The second option is to wait approximately three years,with the possibility of earning
approximately $161,991.40, though the exact amount is uncertain.
Given the minimal difference between the two options and the guaranteed savings from prepayment,staff
recommends proceeding with the purchase of the new fire engine now.
ATTACHMENT(S):
1.PowerPoint “Fire Engine Purchase”
2.Engine Proposal
3.Proposal Detail
4.Proposal Option List
5.Loose Equipment
6.Engine Design Drawing (Not exact)
7.June 2024 Council Presentation
8.Apparatus Replacement Justification 2024
9.FD Vehicle Replacement Schedule
TOWN COUNCIL ACTION/OPTIONS:
1)Motion to approve
2)Motion to amend with the following stipulations (please state stipulations in motion)
3)Motion to table
4)Motion to deny
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™141
Westlake Fire-EMS Dept.
Fire Engine Purchase
February 6, 2025
142
Background
•Presentation provided last summer discussing needs of the Department
•Needed to address fire engine replacement
•Fire Engines: 2003 Spartan (22 years old) & 2015 Ferrara (10 years old)
•Discussed best practices for fire engine replacement
•20-year life cycle
•10 years frontline and 10 years reserve
•Other considerations: vehicle type, age, condition, mileage, and engine hours
•Immediate Replacement suggested
•Town Council approved $1.3 million in F24/25 budget
143
Background
•Apparatus committee created
•Researched conducted - fire engine manufactures, models, etc.
•Pierce Manufacturing – Why? Premier fire truck builder in the country
•Selection of the model – Peirce-Custom Enforcer Pumper, PUC
•Series of design meetings
•Equipment discussions and planning
144
Pierce-Custom Enforcer Pumper, PUC
•Pierce Custom Enforcer Pumper, PUC
•Peirce Ultimate Configuration or Pump Under Cab
•Features
•Shorter wheelbase – Improved turning radius
•Independent front suspension – Improved handling and safety
•Scene safety light tower – Increased visibility at emergency scenes
•Low hose bed – Quick hose deployment for fast fire attack
•Roll up doors – Quick access to emergency equipment
•Pump and roll capable – Allows for pumping and fire control at same time
•2000 GPM fire pump
•750-gallon water tank
145
Pierce-Custom Enforcer Pumper, PUC
Note: Image is not exact engine, illustration only
146
Fire Engine Equipment
Key Fire Equipment included in purchase
•Thermal imager for Officer-in-Charge
•Ballistic equipment – Vest, helmets, and trauma Packs
•Multi-gas detector
•Fire attack hoses and supply hoses
•Portable electric power tools – circular saws, reciprocating saws, drills, etc.
•Ground ladders
Note: Replacement of equipment follows the Apparatus (Engine)
Replacement Plan schedule – 10 years
147
Payment Options
Upon DeliveryUpfront
$1,270,626$1,270,626List Price
$124,897.16Discount
$161,991.40Potential Interest (4%)
$1,108,634.60$1,145,728.84Present Value
Note: Fire engine loose equipment and installation in
the amount not to exceed $138,302.69 will remain
unchanged regardless of payment option.
Potential Difference:
$37,094.24
148
Staff Recommendations
•Collaborating with Finance Director, Cayce Lay Lamas
•Minimal difference between two options
•Upfront option is guaranteed
•Purchase new fire engine now
149
Proposal 2024 Westlake Pumper
Page 1 of 2
December 17, 2024
Siddons Martin Emergency Group, LLC
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX 76207
GDN P115891
TXDOT MVD No. A115890
December 17, 2024
John Ard, Fire Chief
WESTLAKE FIRE-EMS DEPARTMENT
2000 W. Dove Rd.
WESTLAKE, TX 76262
Proposal For: 2024 Westlake Pumper
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group, LLC is pleased to provide the following proposal to WESTLAKE FIRE-EMS DEPARTMENT.
Unit will comply with all specifications attached and made a part of this proposal. Total price includes delivery FOB
WESTLAKE FIRE-EMS DEPARTMENT and training on operation and use of the apparatus.
Description Amount
Qty. 1 - 1165 - Pierce-Custom Enforcer Pumper, PUC
(Unit Price - $1,409,343.00)
Delivery within 34-35 months of order date
QUOTE # - SMEG-0008607-2 Vehicle Price $1,270,626.00
Chassis Prepay Discount ($17,283.86)
Full Prepay Discount ($107,613.30)
1165 - UNIT TOTAL
Loose Equipment
$1,145,728.84
$138,302.69
SUB TOTAL $1,284,031.53
HGAC FS12-23 (FIRE) $2,000.00
TOTAL $1,286,031.53
Price guaranteed until 1/31/2025
Additional: Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date
of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available,
and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.
Persistent Inflationary Environment Notification: If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov
Series ID: WPUID6112] (the “PPI”) has increased at a compounded annual growth rate greater than 5.0% from the date of
acceptance of this proposal letter (the “Order Month”) and 14 months prior to the anticipated Ready for Pickup Date (the
“Evaluation Month”), then the proposal price may be increased by an amount equal to any increase exceeding 5.0% for the
time period between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month. Siddons Martin and Pierce will provide documentation of
150
Proposal 2024 Westlake Pumper
Page 2 of 2
December 17, 2024
such increase and the updated price for the customer’s approval before proceeding with completion of the order along with
an option to cancel the order.
Taxes: Tax is not included in this proposal. In the event that the purchasing organization is not exempt from sales tax or any
other applicable taxes and/or the proposed apparatus does not qualify for exempt status, it is the duty of the purchasing
organization to pay any and all taxes due. Balance of sale price is due upon acceptance of the apparatus at the factory.
Late Fee: A late fee of .033% of the sale price will be charged per day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) days after
the payment is due for the first 30 days. The late fee increases to .044% per day until the payment is received. In the event a
prepayment is received after the due date, the discount will be reduced by the same percentages above increasing the cost
of the apparatus.
Cancellation: In the event this proposal is accepted and a purchase order is issued then cancelled or terminated by
Customer before completion, Siddons-Martin Emergency Group may charge a cancellation fee. The following charge
schedule based on costs incurred may be applied:
(A) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by Manufacturer;
(B) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of the approval drawings;
(C) 30% of the Purchase Price upon any material requisition.
The cancellation fee will increase accordingly as costs are incurred as the order progresses through engineering and into
manufacturing. Siddons-Martin Emergency Group endeavors to mitigate any such costs through the sale of such product to
another purchaser; however, the customer shall remain liable for the difference between the purchase price and, if applicable,
the sale price obtained by Siddons-Martin Emergency Group upon sale of the product to another purchaser, plus any costs
incurred by Siddons-Martin to conduct such sale.
Acceptance: In an effort to ensure the above stated terms and conditions are understood and adhered to, Siddons-Martin
Emergency Group, LLC requires an authorized individual from the purchasing organization sign and date this proposal and
include it with any purchase order. Upon signing of this proposal, the terms and conditions stated herein will be considered
binding and accepted by the Customer. The terms and acceptance of this proposal will be governed by the laws of the state
of Texas. No additional terms or conditions will be binding upon Siddons-Martin Emergency Group, LLC unless agreed to in
writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of Siddons-Martin Emergency Group, LLC.
Sincerely,
Brian Peters
I, _____________________________, the authorized representative of WESTLAKE FIRE -EMS DEPARTMENT, agree to purchase the
proposed and agree to the terms of this proposal and the specifications attached hereto.
__________________________________________________________
Signature & Date
151
Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766589 Boiler Plates, PUC Pumper
Siddons-Martin is pleased to submit a proposal to Westlake Fire Department for a Pierce® multi
purpose response vehicle per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will
describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal
will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of
compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised
specifications.
PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then, we have been building bodies
with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which
is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties"
giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce
Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than
33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency
applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square
feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.
Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to
everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global
tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been
convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus
market.
Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line
product that meets your specification.
In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify
whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose
equipment.
Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of
publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for
reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all
standard equipment.
GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the
custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and
painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab
weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical
system.
QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of
building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the
beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows
American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum
welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000
requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type
7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society
codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding
Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.
Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO
9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture,
installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.
In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier
program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.
That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.
To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least two (2) fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.
DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components
while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care
and maintenance of the equipment delivered.
MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be
provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity
and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission
lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.
SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training
website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are
driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip
inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.
PERFORMANCE TESTS
12/17/2024
Customer:Westlake, TX Fire Department -
Denton County
Bid Number: 1165
Representative Peters, Brian Job Number:
Requirements Manager:Organization:Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
Description: Westlake Enforcer PUC Pumper
Chassis:Enforcer Chassis, PUC-NG
Body: Pumper, PUC, Aluminum
11165Bid #:152
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than
ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The
transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration
or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50
percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.
The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and
braking requirements.
SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by Siddons-Martin by operating in conjunction with a
Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff
versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within twenty five (25) miles of
the fire department.
In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin
and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the
distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.
Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an
interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the
opportunity to register for training classes.
As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific
apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You
will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search
function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published
component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's
manual library is available for easy reference.
Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times
a year.
LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any
patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance
furnished under the contract.
INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER
Commercial General Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of
commercial general liability insurance:
Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury:
$1,000,000
General Aggregate;
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an
occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property
damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an
additional insured when required by written contract.
Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the
following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written
on a Commercial Automobile liability form:
Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000
Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of
umbrella liability insurance:
Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to
the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.
The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.
Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.
All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of
Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described
polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance
with the policy provisions.
Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed
above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.
INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Product Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability
insurance:
Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an
occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when
21165Bid #:153
required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.
Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability
insurance:
Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the
manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.
The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.
Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.
All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of
Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described
polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance
with the policy provisions.
Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages
listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0661794 Single Source Compliance
SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our
products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the
chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls,
piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to
the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be
both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major
components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.)
will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds
value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability,
performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin.
0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin
0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0764706 SP BMP Truck - Pre-Approval at Bid -
Approved Option Will Be Required at
Booking
0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of
Exceptions.
Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with
delivery of the apparatus.
All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00"
above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter
markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer
approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on
materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage
areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require
the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.
A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the
overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.
The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for
any staff involved with certifications.
An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test
results.
0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper
31165Bid #:154
0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.
NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire
department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal
as "non-NFPA".
PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the
pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake
horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be
forwarded to the Fire Department.
GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the
generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.
BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and
have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on
Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection.
0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900
VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be
third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and
complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design,
production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those
components that are installed on the apparatus.
A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the
standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit.
0000114 Inspection Trip(s)INSPECTION TRIP(S)
The bidder will provide two (2) factory inspection trip(s) for 3 Westlake personnel customer
representative(s). The inspection trip(s) will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between
the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals
will be the responsibility of the bidder.
0620362 Consortium, HGAC
0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons
0529326 Bid Bond, 10%, Pierce Built Chassis
BID BOND
A bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10 percent bid bond will be provided with the
proposal. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury
Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond
will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied
by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include
language which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds, as may be specified in
the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of
the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of
labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.
Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of
a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within
this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component,
attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any
contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this
provision will prevail.
41165Bid #:155
0816569 Performance Bond, Not Requested,
PPI Terms
PERFORMANCE BOND NOT REQUESTED
A performance bond will not be included. If requested at a later date, one will be provided to you
for an additional cost and the following will apply:
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent
of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form
acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of
Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety
of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.
Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or
not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper
warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond
will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory
acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained
within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not
exceed three (3) years from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual
Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter.
Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith
estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current
information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be
provided as soon as possible.
If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:
WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more
between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the
then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an
amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order
Month and the Evaluation Month.
The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding
and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval
before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of
the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract
documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren,
horns, compartments, major components, etc.
A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the
purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing.
0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided.
0889378 Enforcer Chassis, PUC-NG ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis
provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the
apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed
and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load
to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line
tilt cab.
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 194.00".
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 46,500.
0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section
modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide
flanges.
0889469 Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal
FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that
steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring 12.50" x
3.00" x 0.25" through the front portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the
rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cubic inches, yield
strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 1,494,042 in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be
4,391,869 in-lb.
The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the
frame.
51165Bid #:156
0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer
FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground
rating of 19,500 lb.
Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings
will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.
The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength
steel.
Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber
bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also
have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.
There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on
the steering gear extension.
The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides
positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.
Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.
The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.
Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be
provided.
The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or
obstacle.
The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based
on the vehicle wheelbase.
The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees.
0030264 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR
FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating
of 19,500 lb.
The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The
design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at
moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the
vehicle's crew compartment.
Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have
energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.
The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a
minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.
The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.
One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it
allows for ride height adjustment on each side.
The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of
inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension.
0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle.
0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply
FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor Max MSA, rated for 22,800 lb
maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.
0725046 Wheels, Front, 22.50" x 12.25", Steel,
Hub Pilot, 24k
The tires will be mounted on 22.50" x 12.25" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10)-stud, 11.25"
bolt circle.
0640711 Axle, Rear, Dana S26-190, 27,000 lb
Saber/Enforcer
REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Dana, Model S26-190, with a capacity of 27,000 lb.
0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109
KPH
TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph / 109 kph.
0565380 Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring,
27,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer
REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 52.50" long, 12-leaf pack with
a ground rating of 27,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings.
The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a
slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger.
A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing
will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle
REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
61165Bid #:157
0782552 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single
REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 12R22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway
tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed.
0654806 Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x
8.25", Steel, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 8.25" steel disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud,
11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads
TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire
and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle
TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided,
that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a
total of six (6) tires.
The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures
between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the
pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.
Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the
sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash.
0801926 Lug Nut, Covers, Black
BLACK LUG NUT COVERS
Black lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels.
0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo
MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels.
0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
(Up to 44" Diameter Tires)
WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of
aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The
brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire.
0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake
System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA
1900/ULC
ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor
Wabco.
The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a
critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle
control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped),
and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the
possibility of a side roll event.
The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor
and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively
apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to
its intended direction.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide
a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled
system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each
wheel will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to
the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a
second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any
wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.
AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for
traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an
electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at
all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing
information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed,
allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how
much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument
panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top
of deep snow or mud.
71165Bid #:158
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.
The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved
stopping distance.
The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance.
0627930 Brakes, Bendix, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x
8.63"
The rear brakes will be Bendix™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.
0735527 Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8
CI, Paccar
AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Wabco single piston compressor with a 26.8 CI displacement.
0644232 Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer
BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:
Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches
Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air
pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve
A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel
Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve
system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air
system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa)
1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.
The air tanks will be painted black #98.
To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.
0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010
BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100
watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective
loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat.
0544415 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
Location
AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located DS Step Well. This
system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line
and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a
needle valve.
A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.
The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station
air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure.
0014130 Air Tank, Additional for Extra Air Horn
Capacity
ADDITIONAL AIR TANK FOR AIR HORN
An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity
of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use.
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce
the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.
The air tank(s) will be painted same as frame color.
The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine rpm. Full compressor output is
only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps
and other PTO driven options.
81165Bid #:159
0808515 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-
ftW/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber
FR/Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:
Make:
Paccar
Model:
MX
Power:
510 hp at 1600rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1000rpm
Governed Speed:
1900 rpm
Emissions Certification:
EPA 2027
Fuel:
Diesel
Cylinders:
Six (6)
Displacement:
13.7L
Starter:
DP60
Fuel Filters:
Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor
The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and
reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information
for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after
treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a
problem is detected.
0811409 Not Required, Engine Contingency
Adjustment
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom
HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically
maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for
activation/deactivation.
The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is
in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate
when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle."
0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated,
Paccar MX13 Engine
ENGINE BRAKE
The compression release brake option is a fully integrated MX engine braking system. It utilizes
the turbocharger and back pressure valve, but adds in a hydraulically operated compression
brake to increase overall retarding power.
To maximize the effectiveness of the compression brake the MX engine brake system works in
conjunction with the turbocharger and back pressure valve.
The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting.
0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer
CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in
"Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position.
0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer
ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from
the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.
The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the
engine.
The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab.
0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side
EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.
The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An
insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment
device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.
The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will extend 2.00"
past the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.
There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser increased to 7.00" in the center to
accommodate the fire department's air recovery system with a standard straight tip on the end
provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be
provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
0816167 SP Adapter, Exhaust, Plymovent
Magnetic Grabber, for 6" or 7"
Diffuser Outlet
EXHAUST MODIFICATION
A Plymovent Magnetic Grabber conical adapter will be provided on the end of the tail pipe.
91165Bid #:160
0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer
RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of
applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.
For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be
constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having
a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.
The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.
Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be made of
aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a
compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame
around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.
The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.
The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent
the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over
uneven terrain.
The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the
radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.
A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the
radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.
Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator.
0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber
COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce
Manufacturing.
Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will
expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant
clamping pressure on the hose.
0794888 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill,
Door Finish Feature
FUEL TANK
A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be
constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To
eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.
A 0.75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.
A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring
loaded, painted job color door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only."
A 0.50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.
The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of
tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer.
0889521 DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under
Cab, Paccar, Lift Up Fill Dr, Spring,
ENF
DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 7.3 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted under the cab on the
driver's side.
A fill inlet will be provided on the driver's side of the cab. The lift up door will be spring loaded and
be painted.
0552793 Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump
0552712 Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel
Line
0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd.
0690880 No Selection Required From This
Category
0801890 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf
TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4500P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.
The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission
health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.
Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8
o'clock and 1 o'clock).
A transmission temperature gauge with amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab
instrument panel.
0512762 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4500, Imp/Vel/Qtm/DCF/Enf
TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift
position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.
The transmission ratio will be: 1st - 4.70 to 1.00, 2nd - 2.21 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.53 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00
to 1.00, 5th - 0.76 to 1.00, 6th - 0.67 to 1.00, R - 5.55 to 1.00.
101165Bid #:161
0517604 Transmission Programming, Park to
Neutral, PUC
TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING
The transmission will be programmed to automatically shift the transmission to neutral when the
parking brake is set to simplify operation and increase operational safety.
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External
TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the
transmission oil temperature.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.
The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.
A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The
slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent.
0734211 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-
4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler, Paccar
STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be
provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil
cooler and Paccar hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines
will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.
A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver
configurations.
0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer
STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4-
spoke design.
0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash
LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The
emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a
maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11
characters in the third row.
The first row of text will be: Westlake
The second row of text will be: Fire-EMS
The third row of text will be: Department
0606441 Bumper, 19" Extended, Steel Painted,
Saber FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (1)-piece bumper manufactured from 0.25" formed steel with a 0.38" bend radius will be
provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and
will extend 19.00" from the face of the cab. The bumper will be 95.28" wide with 45 degree
corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color.
To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C
channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi
tensile steel.
Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper
and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and
vibration.
0637813 Tray, Hose, Center, 19" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns, 15" Deep, 13"
Below/2" Above
CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.
The tray will have a capacity of 150' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.
Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided.
0630813 Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, One (1)
D-Ring Latch, Hose Tray
Center Hose Tray Cover
A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center hose tray.
The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge.
One (1) D-ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm will
hold the cover in the open position.
0778092 Lift & Tow Package, Enforcer
LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be
designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.
The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame.
111165Bid #:162
0032932 Tow Eyes, Painted, Extended Out
Front of Bumper
TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes will be mounted through the front face of the bumper.
The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius.
The tow eyes will be mounted directly to the bumper frame.
Cutouts will be provided in the front face of the stainless steel bumper to allow the tow eyes to
extend out the front.
The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000 lb straight horizontal pull in
line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.
The tow eyes will be painted job color.
0698960 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, UL-LX Coating,
Black
FRONT BUMPER UL-LX COATING
Protective black UL-LX® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper
flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.
The lining will be properly installed by an authorized UL-LX dealer.
0625646 Cab, Enforcer, 7010, PUC CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the
chassis builder.
The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's
premises.
For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty
design, constructed to the following minimal standards.
The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner
posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar
will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00"
outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.
The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a minimum 0.090"
front skin thickness, and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just
below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full
width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.
The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular
0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from
the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the
forces created when lifting the cab.
The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum
maneuverability.
The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.
The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of
approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab
height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck
configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the
suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires,
wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.
The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 63.50" in the forward facing outboard
positions and 54.50" in the forward facing center position.
The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat
risers.
The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50"
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall.
The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve
visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.
The cab will be a full tilt cab style.
A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis
vibrations from the cab.
CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the
cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The
drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.
CAB PUMP ENCLOSURE
The rear of the cab will be made to house the fire pump below the forward facing crew cab seats.
The cab side panels will be notched to accommodate the pump panel.
FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.
PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic
view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner
light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer
will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light
will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum
windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside
perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE
requirements.
The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab.
121165Bid #:163
0826074 Engine Tunnel, X12, MX13, Foil
Insulation w/Mech Fasteners,
Extreme Climate, Enf
ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine tunnel side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of
0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow
room.
The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced
insulation will be over a closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further
secured with mechanical fasteners. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits
stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor (no exception).
0810166 Cab Insulation, Extreme Climate, Foil
Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR
INSULATION PACKAGE
All insulation utilized in the cab construction will be provided for extreme climate temperatures.
The insulation will be provided in the following areas:
Engine tunnel
Cab and crew cab floors
Cab and crew cab step wells
Cab and crew cab doors
Cab roof
Cab and crew cab walls
0610508 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer
CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate
except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered.
0644201 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Saber
FR/Enforcer
CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual
lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.
Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient
location.
The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.
The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully
engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the
normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under
pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring
loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.
The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from
accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.
For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually
put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised
position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be
lowered.
Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active
only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking
brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled.
0751129 Grille, Painted, Bright Finished Mesh
Screen, Front of Cab, Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a grille surround, will be provided
on the front center of the cab. The grille surround will be painted black #101.
0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across
Cab Face, AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab
0829403 SP Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex, Painted
Blk #101
MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model 613422, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror will be mounted on each
side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The mirror arm and head will be
painted black #101. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote
control within reach of the driver.
131165Bid #:164
0648172 Door, Full Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Raised Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 37.50" wide
x 75.50" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed
in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of
34.30" wide x 85.50" high.
The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal
material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.
A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab
door. The finish of the door handle will be black/black. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00"
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.
Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily
operable from fore and aft positions and designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior
handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved
hands.
The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks
exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating
when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the
doors are opened, then closed.
A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the
perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.
A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.
A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will
be securely mounted.
The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps
from weather elements.
0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel.
0617333 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 2 Frt Elect, 2 Driver Control,
SFR/Enf
ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
The two (2) front cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush
mounted automotive style switch on each of the front doors. The driver's door will have two (2)
switches, one (1) to control each for the driver and officer door windows. The crew cab door
windows will be controlled manually.
Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation
will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.
0749512 SP Steps, 4-Door Cab, Painted Black
Step Wells, Saber FR/Enforcer
CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed
with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip
resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs
should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the
crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not
exceed 16.50" in height.
The vertical surfaces of the step well will be painted # 101 black.
0770198 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, Black, 4-Dr Cab
CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum, black anodized handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and
crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. The handrails will be e-coated
and have black powder coated stanchions. Each handrail will be provided with red LED lights.
The lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied and with a separate switch on the
left side in the cab. The LED lights may be load managed.
0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with black housing installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.
One (1) light for the left side cab access steps.
Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.
Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.
One (1) light for the right side cab access step.
In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of
1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened.
0057836 Crowns, Front Fender, Rubber, TAK-4
FENDER CROWNS
Rubber fender crowns will be provided around the cab wheel openings.
Crowns will be black.
141165Bid #:165
0771672 Handrail, 10", Below Cab Windshield,
Hansen Knurled, LED Backlit, Black,
Pair
LIGHTED HANDRAIL BELOW CAB WINDSHIELD
A 10.00" long Hansen LED backlit knurled black anodized aluminum handrail will be mounted
below the front cab windshield, one (1) on each side. The handrails will have e-coated and black
powder coated stanchions.
Each handrail will be provided with red back lighted LED lights.
The lights will be activated by the same means as the body handrail light controls.
0042105 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab
0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side
of raised roof
0779033 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer
0722796 Dash, Poly, Saber FR/Enforcer
CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be an
easily removable high impact resistant polymer cover.
The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the
same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy
maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
0773925 SP Partition Below Shelf, Equipment
Mounting, Crew Cab
PARTITION SUPPORT FOR SHELF
There will be a partition for permanent mounting and support of the full width shelf. A quantity of
one (1) will be located Mounted on forward side of the 2 shelves between the rear facing EMS
cabinets. Similar to 36426.
Each partition will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.
0817141 Hook, Coat, Heavy Duty, Non-NFPA
2024
COAT HOOK(S), HEAVY DUTY
There will be two (2) coat hooks supplied and installed Above PAC TRAC on back wall of cab.
These hooks will be for coat storage only and will include a warning label mounted in the crew
cab.
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.11.2 requires all equipment not required to be used during
an emergency response, with the exception of SCBA units, will not be mounted in a driving or
crew area unless it is contained in a fully enclosed and latched compartment capable of
containing the contents when a 9G force is applied in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or a 3G
force is applied in any other direction, or the equipment is mounted in a bracket(s) that can
contain the equipment when the equipment is subjected to those same forces.
Coat hooks can not contain the equipment when it is subjected to 9G or 3G force. Per fire
department specification and request for this coat hook, this apparatus will be non-compliant to
NFPA 1900 standards effective at time of contract execution.
0607217 Mounting Provisions, 3/16" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer
MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.
A 0.188" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate
will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The
plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel 1.00" to allow for wire routing below the plate.
The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior.
0664351 Pac Trac, Installed in Cab/Crew Cab
MOUNTING SYSTEM
There will be two (2) section(s) of Pac Trac equipment mounting systems located (1) each side of
forward facing seats on back wall .
Pac Trac mounts will be certified by Pac Trac to meet the current edition of applicable NFPA
standards for mounting of equipment inside the cab.
0606282 Shelf, Equipment Mounting,
Aluminum, Lip, Size
EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF
There will be two (2) shelves for permanent mounting of equipment provided.
Each shelf will have a 2.00" lip around the edge. The size of the shelves will be to fit between the
EMS compartments one as low as possible on engine tunnel and the other 12" above it. Similar
to job #36426.
Each shelf will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.
The shelves will be located Between rear facing EMS cabinets. Similar to 36426..
Not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to
meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0826219 Mounting Provisions, Computer, Tray,
S/S, Straps, Slides, No Sides,
Locking
COMPUTER MOUNTING
There will be one (1) computer installation provision(s) installed Officer side dash.
The tray will be constructed of stainless steel. The tray will be supplied with two (2) straps over
the top connected to footman loops. These straps will secure the computer in place during travel.
The slides will be mounted vertically and lock in the in and out positions.
151165Bid #:166
0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE
CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe
duty cycles of the fire service.
The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with black 36 ounce leather
grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.
For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The
rear wall will be painted aluminum.
The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be
vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum
sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.
The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or
other maintenance needs.
All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.
CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz black vinyl.
0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer
CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted red, vinyl texture
paint.
The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint.
0888673 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Blister, Enforcer PUC-NG
CAB FLOOR
A small blister will be provided at the rear of the engine tunnel for chassis components.
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.
The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer
a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.
161165Bid #:167
0819166 HVAC, Extreme-Duty, Enforcer,
Paccar, CARE
DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in
the cab above the engine tunnel area.
Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be
strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:
One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window
One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window
Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested
under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and
a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.
The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.
Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each
outboard rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into
the cab structure to be used to transfer heat to the forward positions.
Air Conditioning
A 13.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.
A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. Mounting the condenser below the cab
or body would reduce the performance of the system and will not be acceptable. The condenser
cover to be painted to match the cab roof.
The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.
The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance
cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab.
The evaporator unit will have a 80,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.
Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:
Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab
Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab
Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:
12 will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter
cover will be hinged with two (2) thumb latches.
The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.
Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system
within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.
The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the
center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab
and crew cab temperature.
The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.
Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the
fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.
The system controller will be located within panel position #13.
Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan
will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.
No pumps will be provided.
0677382 Guard, Brush, Painted, For Coleman
A/C Unit, Cab Roof
BRUSH GUARD
A protective enclosure will be provided around the roof mounted air conditioning unit. The
enclosure will provide protection from tree limbs and debris.
The enclosure will be made of aluminum and painted to match the cab exterior.
0787034 Air Conditioning, Coleman-Mach 8,
Roughneck, 120V, 15K, 6K Heat, Cab
Roof,Black
HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
There will be one (1) black, Coleman®-Mach® 8, Roughneck™, 120 volt, low profile air
conditioning unit installed on the crew cab roof. The air conditioner will have cooling capacity of
15,000 BTU and heating capacity of 6000 BTU and include a condensate pump and hose to
prevent accumulation of condensate on the roof.
Ceiling unit controls will control the air conditioning unit.
The thermostat will be wired battery direct to operate when the battery switch is off.
This unit will be powered from the shoreline inlet.
INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The walls and roof will be insulated to aid in cooling.
0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf
SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the
windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.
There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer
GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's
side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post
area between the door and windshield.
171165Bid #:168
0668638 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
& Manual Switch, Wln 3SC0CDCR,
3" LED,Trim
ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Model
3FLANGEC chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment
illumination.
The light(s) will be activated with a switch located by the engine fluid level access door and
automatically when the cab is raised.
0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT
ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine
tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical
surface.
The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both
checking and filling.
The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) Southco C2 black
powder coated flush latch will be provided on the access door.
0583042 Side Roll and Frontal Impact
Protection
CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a
side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:
A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member
behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical
subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal
impact event.
A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight (8) crew cab seating
positions.
A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to
monitor the operational status of the SRS system.
A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect
the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.
A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash
panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the
3-point seat belt.
Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion
between occupant and the cab wall.
Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during
a side roll or frontal impact event.
Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side
roll or frontal impact event.
Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will
activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the
occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash
impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab
components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension
components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission
and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing
provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety
restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash
algorithm, wave form, is detected.
The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact
event:
Driver side front air bag
Passenger side knee bolster air bag
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs
Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position
Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place
Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which
the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll
to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.
The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs
Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position
Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place
0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Belted Seats SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue
body) will be four (4).
181165Bid #:169
0636955 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, Safety, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf
DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air
suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the
horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located
below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations,
the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side
bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00"
deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).
The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:
Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain
will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.
A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this
system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.
The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632926 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
SCBA, Safety, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf
OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a cam action type, with air
suspension. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions
designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).
The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will
be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA
cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it
in the desired location.
The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:
Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain
will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.
A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the
seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.
The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.
0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0822580 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 39
H x 26.75 D, Web, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf
REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.
The cabinet will be 23.00" wide x 39.00" high x 26.75" deep. The interior door will be web netting.
The netting is to be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with 2.00" openings permanently
fastened on the bottom with 1.00" side release fasteners on the top to secure it. The clear door
opening will be 16.00" wide x 36.00" high.
The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) double pan door painted to
match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-ring latch. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a
door stop. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. The clear door
opening will be 17.00" wide x 34.00" high.
The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to
match the cab interior.
The cabinet will include no louvers.
The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door
frame.
The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet
door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch and a rocker switch on the
front of the cabinet.
0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0822239 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 22 W x 39
H x 26.75 D, Web, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf
REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.
The cabinet will be 22.00" wide x 39.00" high x 26.75" deep. The interior door will be web netting.
The netting is to be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with 2.00" openings permanently
fastened on the bottom with 1.00" side release fasteners on the top to secure it. The interior clear
door opening will be 15.00" wide x 36.00" high.
The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to
match the cab interior.
The cabinet will include no louvers.
The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (1) double pan door painted to
match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-ring latch. The door will be located on the side of the
cab over the wheelwell. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear
door opening will be 17.00" wide x 34.00" high.
The exterior access will be provided with a brushed stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door
frame.
The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet
door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch and a rocker switch on
the front of the cabinet.
0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, LS Outboard
191165Bid #:170
0819392 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (2) Pierce
PSV, SCBA, Safety, 5.5" Sp,
PRIMARY, SFR/Enf
FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS
There will be two (2) forward facing seats provided at the center position in the crew cab. The
seats will be spaced an additional 5.50" apart to provide more room for each occupant.
For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with
EVC (elastomeric vibration control).
The seat backs will be an SCBA style with 90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable
from front to rear in 1.00" increments to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the
SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired
location.
The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:
A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.
The seats will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.
0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, RS Outboard
0042923 Netting, Cargo, Ship Loose CARGO NETTING
Net is to be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with 2.00" openings.
Net is to be fastened on all sides of a specified opening with quick-release buckles. The nets will
be designed for between the 2 shelves between EMS compartments rear facing.
There will be one (1) nets provided.
0629833 Compt, Storage, (2) Rear Facing,
Overhead, 21 W x 10 H x 20 D,
Saber FR/Enforcer
REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be two (2) overhead rear facing storage compartments installed at the raised roof
within the crew cab, on each side of the air conditioner. The compartments will be approximately
21.00" wide x 10.00" high x 20.00" deep at the bottom.
Each compartment will include one (1) lift up compartment door. Locking latch, paddle handle,
and gas operated stay arms will be provided.
The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
Compartment Light
The storage compartment lighting will consist of one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally
above each compartment door opening.
0761572 SP Compt, Storage, Forward Facing,
Overhead, 88 W x 10 H x 9 D, Saber
FR/Enf
FORWARD FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be an overhead forward facing storage compartment installed at the raised roof within
the crew cab. The compartment will be 88.00" wide x 10.00" high x 9.00" deep.
The compartment will include three (3) lift up compartment doors. Non-locking latch and gas
operated stay arms will be provided. The compartment will be provided with a divider between
each door opening.
The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.
Compartment Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door
opening.
0766467 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Seats Inc, CARE
SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain 36 oz black vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The
cab will have four (4) seating positions.
0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats
AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.
For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the
occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all
occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will
constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G.
There will be a quantity of three (3) SCBA brackets.
0690610 Embroidery, Seats, Cab and Crew
Cab
SEAT EMBROIDERY
The seats in the cab and crew cab will be provided with custom embroidery. The Fire Department
will determine what the embroidery will be by providing pictures at the time of order.
The custom logo will be provided in place of the standard OEM logo.
The embroidery will be provided on four (4) seats.
201165Bid #:171
0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer
SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will
meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.
The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize
the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal
seating position.
The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach® D-loop assembly to the
shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location
placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.
Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.
To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion
and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.
0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2,
requires a location for helmet storage be provided.
There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a
location for storage of helmets.
0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be
mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and
located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.
The color of the LED's will be red and white.
The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.
The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.
In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of
10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted
40.00" above the seat.
0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts
ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the
doors are closed.
The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into
gear.
0816997 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, NFPA/ULC 2024
PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and
mount these hand lights.
0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX
CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control
switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and
switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will
illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless
necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab
section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be
removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.
Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:
Voltmeter gauge (volts):
Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):
Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (1/32 full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):
Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):
211165Bid #:172
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):
High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):
High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm
Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):
Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.
Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in
clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when
active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.
The following amber telltale lamps will be present:
Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable)
ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable)
Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:
Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:
Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:
High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a
warning message is present.
Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided
whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.
Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at
the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will
intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent
chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new
warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.
Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms
located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out
at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.
Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab
instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for
low light applications.
Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second
switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the
headlights.
Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back
lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the
panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times
will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum
intensity level for ease of use.
Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.
The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch
position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators
and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is
activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all
active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.
Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset
function of cab alarm system.
221165Bid #:173
Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first
switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the
vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.
Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.
Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.
Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be
provided.
Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.
Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.
Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the
center of the steering wheel.
High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will
be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To
Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A
green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the
high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to
the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high
idle engagement.
Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch
provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light
switches is included.
An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of
the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from
inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.
Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to
be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions
for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light
conditions.
Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the
driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic
tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved
troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS
systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.
The diagnostic panel will include the following:
Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator)
Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable)
Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable)
Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.
The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The
display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.
The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.
The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific
information:
Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages
will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.
The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one
caution or warning condition exist.
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX
AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and
audible alarm will be provided.
0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically
per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is
On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm
when the parking brake is released.
231165Bid #:174
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,
DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or
items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).
The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):
Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open)
DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause
major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message
after the parking brake is disengaged.
0622798 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Rocker MUX,
Enforcer
SWITCH PANELS
The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.
The switches will be rocker-type and include an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication
the switch will be illuminated whenever the switch is active. A 2-ply, scratch resistant laser
engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed below the switches. The
label will allow light to pass through the letters for improved visibility in low light conditions.
Switches and light source are integral to the switch panel assembly.
0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer
WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and
windshield washer controls. The control will be located on the left side of the center instrument
panel.
0820904 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900/ULC
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the ignition switched power.
The negative wire will be connected to ground.
Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.
Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area and in the center console.
Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.
Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.
0821263 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900/ULC
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.
The negative wire will be connected to ground.
Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.
Power and ground will terminate Exterior forward wall of EMS cabinet behind officer, mounted as
low as possible..
Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight
blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.
Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821266 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.
The negative wire will be connected to ground.
Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.
Power and ground will terminate Mounted as low as possible between the forward facing seats..
Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight
blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.
Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.
Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed
241165Bid #:175
0821298 Wiring, Spare,12V DC, USB-A, USB-
C AlfredDireck Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900/ULC
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.
The negative wire will be connected to ground.
Power and ground will terminate in the switch panel LOC #12.
Termination will be a AlfredDireck QC4.0 PD & QC3.0 with the 60W PD USB-C port and 36W
Quick Charge 3.0 USB-A port.
Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.
Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821325 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900/ULC
SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.
The above wires will have the following features:
The positive wire will be connected directly to the ignition switched power.
The negative wire will be connected to ground.
Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC.
Power and ground will terminate LOC #4.
Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.
Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.
This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased
in an ABS plastic housing.
The information center will have the following specifications:
Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit
LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language
A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab
instrumentation area.
Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If
information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.
If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:
An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition
A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition
The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm
tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to
sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the
problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to
indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur
simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.
A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each
screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or
symbol.
Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:
Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information
center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information
center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):
Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and
HVAC switch panels.
Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for
further functionality:
Diagnostics
Faults
251165Bid #:176
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.
The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition
occur.
The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed.
"At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.
Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information
Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for
travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated
Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each
alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.
261165Bid #:177
0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7
COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab
windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The
module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is
-40 degrees Celsius to 85 degrees Celsius.
The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct
power and ground.
While responding with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the
WAZE app.
While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.
The HA7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and
a 5 year cellular plan subscription.
Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End
User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0820299 Seat Belt Monitor w/CZ Display,
NFPA1900/ULC
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.
The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:
Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated
Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm
No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm
No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:
The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant.
and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move
Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.
The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition
exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park.
0696439 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Instrument Panel
Area
RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be one (1) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed on the right
side on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the instrument panel
area. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.
0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714
VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:
One (1) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward,
displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.
The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio
from the microphone on the rear camera will be not provided.
The following components will be included:
One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0677933 Camera System, CSS, Body to
Waterproof Pump Panel 7" LCD
Display
OBSERVATION CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a, Model SM07F, color video camera system provided. The IP69, heated, camera
will be located on the apparatus body Right side of body above crosslays . Images will be viewed
on a waterproof, IP69 rated, 7.00" LCD display monitor located at the pump operators panel.
0523921 Recess, Rear Vision Camera
RECESS REAR CAMERA
A rear camera recess will be provided in the center at the rear.
0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT
ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be
easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.
Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the
vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution
centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of
maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers
containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.
Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for
supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.
Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical
circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and
component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit
breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type
fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct
current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.
Solid-State Control System
271165Bid #:178
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and
control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic
modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status
indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The
control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.
The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module
instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software
that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The
system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.
For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following
attributes:
Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status
Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation
No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators
Integrated electrical system load management without additional components
Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components
Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration
Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters
To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state
control system modules will meet the following specifications:
Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius
Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius
Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of
temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning
of problems before they become critical.
Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided
with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit
protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management
information.
On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:
Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone
display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status
of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force
on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.
TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi
interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.
The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication
range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.
The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most
smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will
allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician
level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control
and information system.
The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault
occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.
The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the
device.
Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on
the cab instrument panel.
Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system
connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning
when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.
The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.
Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of
the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution
center.
EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system
will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and
conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are
suppressed at their source.
The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found
in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without
exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR
281165Bid #:179
for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing
reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE
J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall
vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.
EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The
electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-
powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful
attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility.
0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles
critical fluid and events.
The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.
Prognostics will include the following:
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX
ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern
automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom
or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.
Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be
color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on
all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive
locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes,
moisture and automotive fluids.
Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:
All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will
be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.
Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that
will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of
the cab or body.
Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts
and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be
provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection
and service work.
Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab
or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent
corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).
All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative
compound added to the socket terminal area.
All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal
portion of the terminal.
All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring
mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside
the rear compartments.
An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached
to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.
The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery.
0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud
BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (6) 12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the
following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group 31
Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for
increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to
allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.
The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped
separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance.
0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis
BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and
located on the cab instrument panel.
MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to
activate the battery system.
An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the
battery system.
291165Bid #:180
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer
BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments
located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have
reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be
designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The
battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.
Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections
will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.
Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized
compound.
JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery
compartments.
0813848 Charger, Sngl Sys, IOTA, DLS-75, 75
amp, IQ4 Controller
BATTERY CHARGER
There will be an IOTA, Model DLS 75, 75 amp battery charger with IQ4 controller provided.
The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through an AC receptacle adjacent to
this battery charger.
0814869 Location, Cab, Charger, Behind
Driver Seat
The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat.
0813791 Panel, Charger Display, Kussmaul,
091-94-12, Batt Dir
REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Model 091-94-12 universal display panel included. It will be wired
directly to the chassis batteries.
0814939 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser.
0816871 Inverter, Xantrex Freedom X, 817-
1000, Non-NFPA 2024 Batt Sw
INVERTER
There will be a Xantrex Model 817-1000, 1000W, 12 volt DC to 120 volt AC inverter with a built in
LCD display, on/off switch and internal 30A transfer relay provided.
The inverter will be connected battery direct through proper fusing. A load management solenoid
will be installed between the battery and the inverter. The inverter will be connected to power
when the battery switch is on and system voltage is above the low voltage threshold.
When the shoreline is connected to the truck, the internal auto transfer switch will allow AC
shoreline power to pass through the inverter to the AC loads connected to the inverter.
Per NFPA 1900, 2024 Edition, Section 21.5.5.2, the alternator and/or battery system will be
adequate to provide power for continuous operation for a minimum of 2 hours at full output.
Per the fire department specifications, if all DC loads on the NFPA required electrical analysis
report are active, the alternator cannot provide adequate power for continuous operation for 2
hours. The apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract
execution.
The load management system will activate in low voltage situations, and the inverter will be de-
energized until chassis electrical system voltage recovers.
0814953 Location, Body, Inverter, LS Forward
Compartment
INVERTER LOCATION
The Inverter will be located in the left side forward body compartment located on the back wall as
high as practical.
0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super
AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.
The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).
There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the
engine is starting.
The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger.
There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.
There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:
Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door.
301165Bid #:181
0097486 Shoreline Inlet, 20A 120V Kussmaul
Auto Eject, "Super"
KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
Quantity of one (1) additional shorelines will be provided to operate the dedicated 120-volt circuits
on the truck without the use of the generator.
The shoreline receptacle (s) will be provided with a NEMA 5-20, 120 volt, 20 amp, straight blade
Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to
close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected.
The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination.
A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. This
instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle.
An internal switch arrangement will be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to
eliminate arcing of the connector contacts.
The shoreline(s) will be connected to Coleman AC .
The shoreline(s) will be located DS front cab corner.
Mating connector bodies will also be supplied with the loose equipment.
0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI
ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy®, Model 55SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430
amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and
rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees
Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground
distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition,
and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This
ensures the integrity of the electrical system.
For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the
vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load
management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be
allowed.
The system will include the following features:
System voltage monitoring.
A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on
and off.
Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.
Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.
High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake.
If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.
Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.
Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.
The information center indicates system voltage.
The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the
following:
Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.
Individual load managed item condition:
ON = not shed
SHED = shed
SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a
preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation
will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the
entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.
For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of
the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load
sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be
allowed.
Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.
When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by
one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting
for activation.
When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning
light loads in the reverse order.
Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half-
second intervals:
Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0724853 Headlights, Rect LED, HiViz FT-4X6-
4KIT, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel, Trim
HEADLIGHTS
There will be a HiViz part number FT-4X6-4KIT, that includes four (4) 4.00" high x 6.00" long
rectangular LED lights with parking lamp illumination around the outside of the lamps mounted in
the front quad style housings on each side of the cab grille:
the outside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-HL with low beam LEDs
the inside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-H with high beam LEDs
the lights will be controlled through the headlight switch
The headlight housing and headlight trim to be painted black.
311165Bid #:182
0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab
DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The
lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.
The color of the lenses will be clear.
0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts
INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights
furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and
marker light.
0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided per the following:
Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the
windshield.
Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab
above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical.
Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side of the cab as high and
far forward as practical.
The lights will be installed without guards.
0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
FRONT CAB SIDE CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the
chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.
The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0088869 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 26250R LED 7Lts
REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 26250R, LED lights used as identification lights located
at the rear of the apparatus per the following:
As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 26250R, LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus
used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:
To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 26250R, LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus
as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:
To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above
the ground.
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1)
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above
the ground.
Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0804519 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw
w/Flange
REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting will include the following:
Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.
The lens color(s) to be clear.
The lights to include black trim.
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing.
0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt
LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the
apparatus.
One (1) white LED light with black housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward,
preventing white light to the rear.
321165Bid #:183
0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040
BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck
is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr
CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" lights with white LEDs and 45 degree
stainless steel brackets provided per the following:
one (1) under the driver's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step
one (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, when the respective door is open and
by the same control selected for the body perimeter lights.
0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts
PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" white 12 volt DC LED weatherproof strip
lights provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.
The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights.
0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step
BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided at
the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.
The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied, the reverse signal
activated, activating all the side facing perimeter lights, the driver's side directional is activated,
activating only the driver side facing perimeter lights and the passenger's side directional is
activated, activating only the passenger side facing perimeter lights.
0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts
ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control
is selected.
The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility
after the doors closed.
0729151 SP Lights, Step, P25 at Rear Tailboard,
PUC, 4lts Perm Lts, Blk Trim
STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (4) white LED step lights provided at the rear to illuminate the tailboard/step
area. The housing for these lights will be painted black.
In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of
1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.
These step lights will be actuated with the perimeter scene lights.
All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA
standards.
0760447 Light, Roof Mt, HiViz, FT-B-72-*-*,
Cnt Feature, Mux
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a HiViz Model FT-B-72-*-*, 2.56" high x 72.69" long x 3.31" deep 21,067 effective
lumens 12 volt DC light with white LEDs configured with a combination of flood and spot optics
mounted, as far forward on the cab roof as practical.
The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be black.
The light will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the
passenger's side switch panel.
The light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0736729 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM LED 2nd 12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) HiViz®, Model FT-GESM, 20,500 equivalent lumens 8.65" high x 10.61"
wide x 2.78" deep light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab Above PS EMS cabinet door. The
light(s) to include black optic holders, black bezels and black fixture body.
The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left
side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0736731 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM LED 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) HiViz®, Model FT-GESM, 20,500 equivalent lumens 8.65" high x 10.61"
wide x 2.78" deep light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab Above DS EMS cabinet door. The
light(s) to include black optic holders, black bezels and black fixture body.
The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left
side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
331165Bid #:184
0733336 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM* LED 2nd 12 VOLT LIGHTING - BODY
There will be two (2) HiViz®, Model FT-GESM, surface mount, 20,500 equivalent lumens, 8.65"
high x 10.61" wide x 2.78" deep with white LED's installed on the body PS front upper body
corner and rear upper body corner. The light(s) to include black optic holders, black bezels and
black fixture body.
The light(s) will be activated by the same control that has been selected for the right side scene
light(s).
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0733343 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM* LED 1st 12 VOLT LIGHTING - BODY
There will be two (2) HiViz®, Model FT-GESM, surface mount, 20,500 equivalent lumens, 8.65"
high x 10.61" wide x 2.78" deep with white LED's installed on the body DS front upper body
corner and rear upper body corner. The light(s) to include black optic holders, black bezels and
black fixture body. The light(s) will be activated by the same control that has been selected for the
left side scene light(s).
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting
0893593 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr,
Dual LED Light Strips
HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be white 12 volt DC LED light strips provided to light the hose bed area. Hose bed
lights will meet the photometric levels listed in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards
for Hose Bed lighting requirements.
Light strip(s) will be installed below lower support tube on the left side of the hose bed cover.
Light strip(s) will be installed below lower support tube on the right side of the hose bed cover.
The lights will be activated by a stainless steel cup switch located at the rear no more than 72.00"
from the ground.
0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0743346 Lights, Rear Scene, HiViz FT-
GSMJR-*, Surface Mt
REAR SCENE LIGHT(S)
There will be two (2) HiViz, Model FT-GSMJR-*, 5.04" high x 7.40" wide x 1.54" deep 5,000 raw
lumens light(s) with white LEDs black trim and black optic holder(s) surface mounted at the rear
of the apparatus, DS and PS rear bulkheads as high as possible.
The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a stainless steel
cup switch at the driver's side rear bulkhead.
The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose
Bed Cover, Overall Height
Restrictions
WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be eight (8) P25 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome housing provided on the hose bed
cover to illuminate the walking surface. The lights will be located near the hose bed cover hinges
evenly spaced four (4) on each side. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on.
0518282 Pumper, PUC, Aluminum
0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"
341165Bid #:185
0682617 Tank, Water, 750 Gallon, Poly, 67
LHB, PUC
WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of 750 gallons and be constructed of UV stabilized ultra high
impact polypropylene plastic by a manufacturer with a minimum of 20 years experience building
tanks, is ISO 9001:2000 certified in all its manufacturing facilities, and has over 50,000 tanks in
service.
Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.
Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water
between compartments.
Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the
bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.
Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top
cover.
All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.
Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to
the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.
Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.
Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and
welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50"
diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.
A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom
of the water tank.
Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.
Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.
Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will
be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.
Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber
cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.
Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively
while moving vehicle.
Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer.
0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly
Fill tower will be constructed of 0.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00"
long.
Fill tower will be furnished with a 0.25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.
An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately
halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle.
0028107 Not Required, Foam Cell Modification
0633066 Sleeve, Through Tank
SLEEVE PLUMBING THROUGH TANK
Three (3) sleeves will be provided in the water tank for a 2.50" pipe to the rear.
0553725 Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty,
Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export
WATER TANK RESTRAINT
A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided.
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill
0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve
0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist
0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute
0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0597043 Body Height, PUC/HDRP
BODY HEIGHT
The height of the body will be 92.00" from the bottom of the body to the top of the body.
351165Bid #:186
0683290 Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper, PUC,
67 LHB
HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile
strength.
Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to
aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between
slats for hose ventilation.
A cross divider will be provided at the point the tank transitions from the lower section to the
upper section. The divider will run from the top of the side sheet down below the hose bed
grating.
The hose bed will be directly above the rear compartment door. The dimension from the ground
will be approximately 67.00" depending on the suspension and equipment load.
The hose bed will be at a minimum 85.00" long.
0723340 Unpainted/Brush Finished, Hose Bed,
3G PUC/HDRP
The hose bed walls will be unpainted and with a brushed finish.
0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special
Hose bed will accommodate Bay 1: 400' of 3" Bay 2: 800' of 5" Bay 3: 300' of 1.75" Bay 4: 300' of
2" Bay 5: 400' of 2" .
0003488 Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted
HOSE BED DIVIDER
Two (2) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.
Each divider will be constructed of a .125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a
slotted, 1.50" diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge.
Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.
Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.
Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.
0805760 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate HOSE BED COVER
A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate will be
furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be
slanted down. A stationary bridgework support assembly will be provided at the rear to support
the cover.
The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.
The cover is designed with the left cover opening first.
If access to the water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be
provided in it so that the tank may be filled without raising cover doors.
Chrome grab handles and four (4) gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and
closing the cover. A handrail is to be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in
opening the cover.
The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be
activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released.
0807414 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl,
Rear, Separate From Top, Split 2-
Sec, Seat Belt
HOSE RESTRAINT REAR
At the rear of the hose bed, a black vinyl flap will be provided. The vinyl flap will be split into two
sections between bay 1 and bay 2. The vinyl flap will be provided with permanent strap footman
loop at the bottom of the hose bed. The top of the vinyl flap will be attached to the top of the
hosebed with seat belt buckles. The seat belt buckles will be provided with a metal bar, to
connect each set of two buckles, and attached to a web strap, to allow a single pull release per
set of two buckles. The vinyl flap will be provided with no fasteners between each section. The
bottom of the flap will be not weighted.
If a strap is provided, the color of the strap will be red.
0518191 Hose Tray, Poly, Removable, Hose
Bed, Basic
REMOVABLE HOSE TRAY(S) IN HOSE BED
There will be two (2) removable U-shaped poly hose tray(s) provided inside the hose bed.
Tray will be sized Full length of hose bed and 7" wide inside tray. Bay 3 - Build for 350' of 1.75"
hose double stacked Bay 4 - Build for 350'of 2.0" hose double stacked.
Tray will be located far right side of hose bed, bay 3 and bay 4. See job #37591.
0097958 Shelf, Permanent, Hose Bed
SHELF, IN HOSE BED
A permanent shelf will be provided for hose storage inside the hose bed 2" above poly trays at
right side of hose bed.. The shelf will be constructed out of aluminum hose bed grating. The shelf
will be mounted between two (2) hose bed dividers.
0611509 Running Boards, Flip Out, PUC
RUNNING BOARDS
A running board will be provided on each side of the front body to allow access to the
backboard/crosslay storage area. The running boards will be designed with a grip pattern
punched into .125" bright aluminum treadplate material providing support, slip resistance, and
drainage.
The runningboard will have a flip out section design that allows easier access to the full width
equipment area above. The flip out section will be tied to the "do not move truck indicator" with a
sensor when it is flipped out. There will be a latch provided that secures the flip out section when
not in use.
361165Bid #:187
0683043 Tailboard, 12" Deep, Full Width,
Angled Corners, PUC/HDRP
TAILBOARD
The tailboard will be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the
body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.
The tailboard area will be 12.00" deep and full width of the body. The outboard sides of the
tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard
at the outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard.
The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure.
0690029 Wall, Rear, Body Material,
PUC/HDRP
REAR WALL, BODY MATERIAL, PUC
The rear wall will be smooth and the same material as the body.
The rear wall body material will be painted. Unpainted aluminum overlays will be provided to
allow for chevron application and to provide continuously smooth rear wall panels.
The outboard edges of the rear wall will be trimmed in polished stainless steel.
0003531 Tow Bar, Under Tailboard TOW BAR
A tow bar will be installed under the tailboard at center of truck.
Tow bar will be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius.
Tow bar assembly will be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it
will be transmitted to the frame rail.
Tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull
of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.
Tow bar design will have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite
element analysis techniques.
371165Bid #:188
0656764 Construction, Compt, Alum, Pumper,
PUC
COMPARTMENTATION
The apparatus body will be built of aluminum construction using a minimum of 0.125" thick, 5052-
H32 aluminum.
The body panel assembly will be constructed in a fixture and consist of formed sheet metal for
the front and rear bulkheads, door frames, floors, ceilings, and back walls. These parts will be
welded together to ensure greatest longevity with no visible welds in compartment interior.
Welded construction will consist of 1.00" x 0.38" engineered plug weld holes that control the size,
location, and the amount of weld required. The bodies will be assembled and welded from
engineered prints that call out the size, location, and type of weld required.
In structural areas the sheet metal components will have flanges for welding. No butt joints will be
allowed. Gussets and support posts will be provided for additional strength where needed.
The fender panel will be an integral part of the complete welded body assembly. All light and
compartment holes are pre punched prior to construction to provide accuracy and rounded
corners to prevent stress risers in the material.
Circular fender liners will be provided. For prevention of paint chips and ease of suspension
maintenance the fender liners will be formed from brush finished 304L stainless steel, be
unpainted, and removable for suspension maintenance.
Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor minimum of 1.00" higher
than the compartment door lip.
Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of aluminum extrusion, or formed
bright aluminum treadplate.
The top of the compartment will be sheet metal and covered with bright aluminum treadplate
rolled over the edges on the front, and rear. These covers will have the corners welded.
The aluminum treadplate covers will not make up the ceiling of the compartment.
All screws and bolts, which are not Grade 8, will be stainless steel and where they protrude into a
compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.
UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment
support suitable for the intended load will be provided.
The backbone of the body support system will begin with the chassis frame rails which is the
strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support
system will include lateral frame rail extensions that are formed from 0.375" 80k high strength
steel and bolted to the chassis frame rails with 0.625" diameter Grade 8 bolts.
The vertical and horizontal members of the frame rail extensions are to be reinforced with welded
gussets and extend to the outside edge of the body. The lateral frame extensions will be electro-
coated for superior corrosion resistance.
The floating substructure will be separated from the lateral frame extensions with neoprene
elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being
transmitted to the body, and absorb road shock and vibration.
The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail
safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.
The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce
the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. Two (2) 3.50" diameter isolators are
provided at the front of the body near the centerline of the vehicle above the chassis frame. A
minimum of eight (8) - 2.55" diameter isolators will be provided, two (2) under each front
compartment and two (2) under each rear side compartment. A minimum of four (4) 3.50"
diameter isolators will be provided under the rear compartment.
AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the
required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. Documentation of the material
meeting the standard will be provided at time of delivery.
LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of automotive style, dust resistant
louvers pressed into a wall. The louvers will incorporate a one (1)-way rubber valve that provides
airflow out of the compartment and prevents water and dirt from gaining access to the
compartment. Compartments over the wheel will not have louvers.
TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite
element analysis and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue
life and structural integrity of the body and substructure.
The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.
The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:
Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience
when driving over a curb.
Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions.
Driving the vehicle on at 35 mph on a washboard road.
Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.
Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough
pavement.
Evidence of the actual testing techniques will be made available upon request.
FEA will have been performed on all substructure components.
381165Bid #:189
0503804 LS 189" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 52"
Rr, Full Height & Depth Front & Rear,
PUC
LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.
A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The pump
operator's panel will be located in this compartment. The partition to the right of the pump
operator's panel will be 2.50" in width. The interior dimensions of the remaining space in this
compartment will be 25.25" wide x 53.63" high x 26.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a
minimum of 59.25" wide x 53.63" high.
A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this
compartment will be 60.00" wide x 22.88" high x 26.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a
minimum of 57.25" wide x 22.88" high.
A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior
dimensions of this compartment will be 51.75" wide x 54.63" high x 26.00" deep. The clear
door opening will be a minimum of 49.25" wide x 54.63" high.
The roll up door spool will be installed in a recess above the compartment ceiling. All
compartments will include a drip pan below the roll of the door. The drip pan will be
installed level with the compartment ceiling. The interior height of the compartments will
be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments
will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.
Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism
and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0503803 RS 189" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 52"
Rr, Full Height & Depth Front & Rear,
PUC
RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
A full height, jump off compartment with a roll-up door ahead of the rear wheels will be provided,
as convenient large storage compartment for often used items for the crew. The interior
dimensions of this compartment will be 62.00" wide x 54.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind
the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The
depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment
interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so
that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door
opening of this compartment will be 59.00" wide x 54.50 high.
Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will
easily be accomplished with one hand.
A roll-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this
compartment will be 60.00" wide x 23.00" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door
spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the
compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this
compartment will be 57.00" wide x 23.00" high.
Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will
easily be accomplished with one hand.
A full height, roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior
dimensions of this compartment will be 52.00" wide x 54.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area
behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water
tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door
closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the
compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the
upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 49.00" wide
x 54.50" high.
Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism
and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
All compartments will include a drip pan below the roll of the door.
0594005 Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side
Compartments
SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S)
There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced,
aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and
manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors.
Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a
flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats
will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum
curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system
that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.
The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.
Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will
also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.
The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to
minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters
and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.
Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access
with gloved hands.
A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door. The lift bar will be located at
the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame
mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door
curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.
All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.
Each rollup door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the
door.
The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".
A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.
391165Bid #:190
0599445 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 33.50" FF,
w/Tailboard, PUC/HDRP
REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.
the interior dimensions of this compartment will be 37.00" wide x 36.50" high x 25.88" deep in the
lower 27.00" of the compartment and 15.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door
opening will be a minimum of 33.88" wide x 26.63" high.
A removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.
The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments. The transverse opening will
be a minimum of 22.00" wide x 27.50" high.
A drip pan will be installed below the roll of the door. A guard will be installed behind the roll of the
door. The interior height of the compartment will be measured from the floor to the ceiling. The
depth of the compartment will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.
Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will
easily be accomplished with one hand.
0593958 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear
Compartment, PUC
ROLL-UP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a roll-up door.
The door will be double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower
portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand roll-up doors.
The door will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a
flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats
will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum
curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system
that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.
The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.
Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will
also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.
The door will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to
minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters
and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.
Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier
access with gloved hands.
A stainless steel lift bar to be provided for opening the door and located at the bottom of each
door with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A ledge to be supplied over lift bar for
additional area to aid in closing the door. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with
striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will
include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve
bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.
All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.
The door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.
The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed 4.00".
A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.
0611794 Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Door
Color, Amdor
ROLL-UP DOOR TRIM
The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match the color of
the applicable door.
There will be eight (8) compartments located All body compartments and crosslay doors with the
trim painted.
0768509 Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW0** LED, Dual Lt Strip
COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seven (7) compartments that include Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW0**, white 12 volt
DC LED compartment light strips with 45 degree brackets. The light manufacturers electrical
connectors will be included in the circuit. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.
There will be two (2) strip lights installed vertically in each compartment opening per the latest
NFPA requirements.
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective compartment door is
opened.
0594766 189" Hatch, (2) Lift-up, 21" Wide, RS
Only, PUC/HDRP
HATCH COMPARTMENTS
A hatch compartment 189.00" long x 21.00" wide x 22.00" maximum depth will be provided above
the right side body compartments, with two (2) lift-up top opening hatch doors.
The compartment will extend the full length of the side body compartmentation except for a
20.00" recessed step area at the rear of the compartment on the access side.
Sides of the compartment will be constructed of the same material as the body and painted job
color on the outside panels. A 2.00" tall formed painted aluminum trim will be provided to cover
the seam between the top of the body panel and the bottom of the hatch compartment. The
vertical outboard seam at the center of the compartment will have a 1.00" wide painted aluminum
extrusion.
Top of the compartment will be constructed of bright aluminum treadplate.
Two (2) lift-up, bright aluminum treadplate doors will be provided on the top of the compartment,
each door with a slam style latch with lever handle to hold the doors in the closed position.
Double pan doors will have lipped edges with a rubber seal for weather resistance.
Doors will be hinged on the outboard side and will be held open with pneumatic stay arms.
Compartment will have a 3/4" drain that extends to below the body.
Black rubber matting shall be provided to help prevent stored equipment in pooled water.
401165Bid #:191
0732644 Handrails, (3), Hatch Step Area,
Straight, Hansen Knurled Alum LED
Backlit,Black
There will be three (3) separate straight handrails provided for the step landing at the rear of the
hatch compartment. The handrails will be 1.25" diameter black anodized aluminum extrusion. The
handrails will be Hansen LED backlit. The handrails will be lit with a red LED light. The handrails
will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls.
E-coated and black powder coated stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be
used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.
Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.
0893291 Lights, Pump Cargo/Dunnage
Forward Over Tank, Dual LED Light
Strips, Each Side
PUMP CARGO/DUNNAGE AREA FORWARD OVER TANK LIGHTING
There will be four (4), 12 volt DC strips lights, with white LEDs and stainless steel protective
covers, provided to illuminate both the cargo area over the pump and forward over the water tank.
One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the left side of the pump cargo area.
One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the right side of the pump cargo area.
One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the left side of the cargo area forward over
the water tank.
One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the right side of the cargo area forward over
the water tank.
The light(s) will be activated by the same switch control that has been selected for the hose bed
light(s).
0687145 Shelf Tracks, Recessed, PUC/3rd
Generation
MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be recessed tracks installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s).
Tracks will not protrude into any compartment in order to provide the greatest compartment space
and widest shelves possible.
The tracks will be provided in each compartment except for the one that contains the pump
operator's panel.
0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Predefined Locations
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be four (4) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided.
The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides.
Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.
The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.
The location(s) will be in RS1 centered between the floor and the ceiling to the right of the
partition, in RS1 in the upper third to the right of the partition, in LS1 centered between the floor
and ceiling and in LS3 in the upper third.
0601834 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj, Max Width/Depth, 3G
SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be three (3) slide-out trays provided.
The bottom of each tray will constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum
extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a
rigid unit.
Each tray will be as wide and as deep as the compartment space will allow. The shelf will be
aluminum painted spatter gray to match compartment interior .
A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will
allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and
tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth
operation.
Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.
The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position.
The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.
The tray(s) will be located RS2 - Centered LS2 - Upper Third LS2 - as close to the floor as
possible .
0667235 Cable, Single Hand Operation,
Tilt/Slide Out, Utility Trays
SINGLE HANDED CABLE LATCH
A cable will be provided to tie together the two (2) spring loaded locks that are provided as
standard at the front of a slide-out/tilt tray in order to provide single hand operation of the tray.
The single hand operation cable will be provided on a total of three (3) slide-out trays located Tilt-
out trays in LS2 and RS2.
0647091 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides
SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.
Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended
position.
Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray.
There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.
To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to
withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.
To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data
collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.
Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.
Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the
locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.
The location(s) will be RS1 and LS1.
411165Bid #:192
0725644 Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Three Drawers, Up To 24" Wide, 24"
Deep
DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed Floor of LS3.
The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be 3.00" with a face plate that is
4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 6.75" with a face
plate that is 7.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 8.75" with a
face plate that is 9.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed
24.00".
The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.
The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated
aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely
enclose the drawer.
A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will
act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.
There will be a total of one (1) provided.
0617454 Toolboard, Slide-out, Alum, .188",
Peg Board, Painted, 3G, Slides Top
and Bottom
SLIDE-OUT TOOLBOARD
A slide-out aluminum toolboard will be provided. It will have a painted finish to match the
compartment interior.
It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with 0.203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00"
centers between holes.
A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. A handhold
cutout will be provided on the outboard edge of the toolboard.
The board will be mounted on an undermount-roller bearing type slide rated at 250 lb with a factor
of safety of 2 at the bottom.
To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to
withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.
To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push-
in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration
(shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer
data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded
condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.
The toolboard will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.
The board will also have a non locking roller bearing slide at the top.
The toolboard will be mounted on adjustable tracks side to side within the compartment.
There will be Two (2) provided.
The toolboard(s) will be located RS3.
0654369 Recess, Partition, Right of Pump
Opertor's Panel, PUC
RECESS FOR MOUNTING
There will be a recess in the partition of the pump operator's panel compartment just rearward of
the pump panel. The recess will be full height starting 3.00" off the floor of the compartment and
ending where the pump panel angles toward the outside of the body.
0797957 Pac Trac, Installed on Compartment
Wall, Back Wall Only
EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SYSTEM
Pac Trac equipment mounting system will be installed on the back wall of one (1) compartment
(s), Upper wall of LS3.
0695412 Rack, Air Bags Inside Compartment,
2-Slot
AIR BAG STORAGE
There will be a rack installed for storing two (2) air bags in the RS1 Compartment to serve as a
divider between Little Giant and remaining compartment. compartment.
The rack will be fabricated from painted spatter gray .125" aluminum. The fire department will
provide exact sizes of air bags prior to construction. The size of the air bags will be Full height of
compartment from floor to ceiling and 12" from left wall. Rack will be 3" wide (outside width). Each
slot will be evenly in size vertically (27.25" tall)..
0775959 Strap, Nylon w/Velcro Hook & Loop,
2" wide
STRAP
There will be two (2) black 2.00" wide nylon strap(s) that will provide positive restraint by hooking
through a footman loop, similar to what is used with a hose bed flap. The strap(s) will be located
(1) for each air bag slot . The strap(s) will have a Velcro® fastener.
0899067 Rub Rail, Black Plastic w/.50" Spacer,
Body Sides, Light Cut Outs
RUB RAILS
The bottom edge of the side body compartments will be trimmed with a black 1.00" thick x 2.63"
high UHMW plastic rub rail. There will be 0.50" rubber spacers included between the rub rail and
the body.
The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the
event of damage.
Cut outs will be provided in the rub rail for lighting.
0653982 Fender Crowns, Rear, Rubber,
w/Removable Fender Liner, Pumper,
3G
BODY FENDER CROWNS
Rubber fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.
A fender liner constructed of aluminum painted to match the lower body color will be provided to
avoid paint chipping. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension
components.
421165Bid #:193
0519849 Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction
HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.
0759459 Handrails Located @ Front Body,
Hansen Knurled Alum LED Backlit,
Black
HANDRAILS
Hansen handrails will be located on the front of the body in positions needed to meet NFPA
requirements.
The handrails will be Hansen LED black anodized backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be
lit with a red LED light. The handrail lighting will be activated by the same means as the cab
handrail light controls.
E-coated and black powder coated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will
be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.
Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.
0759458 Handrails, Rear, Hansen Tubing,
Knurled Aluminum, LED Backlit,
Black, PUC
Two (2) vertical Hansen handrails will be located at the rear, one on each side of the rear
compartment. The handrail will be black anodized knurled aluminum and backlit with a red LED
light. E-coated and black powder coated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets
will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.The hand rail will be activated by
the same means as the cab handrail light controls.
0764331 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed, Full
Width,Hansen,Knurled Alum LED
Backlit,Black
One (1) full width horizontal handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the
apparatus.
The handrail will be Hansen LED backlit black anodized knurled aluminum. E-coated and black
powder coated end stanchions will support the handrail. The handrail will be lit with a red LED
light. The handrail will be activated with the application of the parking brake.
0753717 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long,
Hansen Tubing, Knurled Alum LED
Backlit, Black
- One (1) handrail, will be provided mounted DS upper rear bulkhead, left of the hose bed.
The handrail will be 1.25" diameter black anodized aluminum extrusion, with a ribbed design, to
provide a positive gripping surface.
E-coated and black powder coated stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be
used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.
The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit. The handrails will be lit with a red LED light. The
handrails will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls.
Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.
0816729 Compt, Extinguisher (2) Fender
Panel, Triangular Door, 8"/8.5"Dia
EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (Triangular)
A total of one (1) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided RS rear of wheels.
The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower
area and a 8.50" diameter extinguisher in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately
25.50" deep. A partition will be provided to separate the compartment. Also inside the
compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided. The compartment will be
furnished with a drain hole. A painted stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a Southco
raised trigger C2 black lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will
be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the
vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the
compartment.
0657522 Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of two (2) air bottle compartments designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in
diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels and on the
right side forward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger
C2 black lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided
between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.
AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the
vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the
compartment.
0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section
EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided.
0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided.
431165Bid #:194
0638382 Rack, Ladders, LS Full Depth Body,
PUC/HDRP
LADDER STORAGE
The ladders will be stored inside the upper section of the left side compartments. This ladder rack
will reduce the depth of the upper section in the side compartments.
A partition will be installed inside the compartment on the side of the rack to allow for equipment
storage and to conceal the ladders.
The ladders will be banked in separate storage troughs.
The ladder storage assembly will be fabricated of stainless steel track channels to aid in loading
and removal of ladders.
Rear of the ladder storage area will have a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door with a D-
handle latch to contain the ladders. The door will be vertically hinged.
0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A
FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed.
0733005 Compt w/Trough, Folding Ladder, In
Upper Body, LS
FOLDING LADDER/LONG TOOL COMPARTMENT
A compartment will be provided, recessed in the upper, inside part of body compartment on the
left side. The compartment will be equipped with a stainless steel trough for the folding ladder and
storage for long handle tools.
A door constructed of smooth aluminum and hinged along the outboard edge will be provided at
the rear with a Southco C2 black powder coated raised trigger latch.
0802284 Little Giant/Werner Ladder Storage,
Vertical In Compartment
LITTLE GIANT LADDER STORAGE
Storage will be provided in RS1 compartment for a Little Giant ladder. The ladder will be stored
vertically in the compartment left of the air bag rack partition. A Velcro® strap will be provided to
aid in restraint and removal of the Little Giant ladder. The ladder will be a Little Giant Revolution
2.0 Model 17 - 13117.
0816920 Pike Pole, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and
mount the pike poles.
There will be two (2) pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Fire Hooks Unlimited 8' roof
hook RH-8.
0816918 Pike Pole, 6', Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
6' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and
mount the pike poles.
There will be two (2) 6' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Fire Hooks Unlimited 6
foot roof hook.
0732992 Tube, Pike Pole 6', In Upper Body
Long Tool Storage Compt
PIKE POLE STORAGE
A aluminum tube for a 6' pike pole with 1.38" notch, to accommodate a New York style pike pole
will be provided in the upper body compartment on the left side. Two (2) pike poles will require a
tube provided in this location.
0768409 Compt, Long Tools, Thru Body
Compts, Right Side
LONG TOOL STORAGE
One (1) compartment will be provided recessed in the upper section of the right side
compartments. The compartment will be roughly 14" wide in size. A door will be provided at the
rear of the compartment for access. The door will be made of smooth aluminum with a Southco
C2 black powder coated raised trigger latch. The door will be hinged along the outboard edge.
0521734 No Steps Required, Front Of Body,
PUC
0724124 Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED,
Trident, Black Powder Coat,
PUC/HDRP
REAR FOLDING STEPS
Black powder coat finished, non-skid folding steps with a a black tread coating on the stepping
surface will be provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the
stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a
gloved hand.
0724149 Step, Folding - Extra, Body Only,
w/LED, Trident, Black Powder Coat
Two (2) additional folding steps will be located DS rear bulkhead to access upper long tool
storage . The step(s) will be black powder coat finished, non-skid with a a black tread coating on
the stepping surface. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.
The step(s) can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.
441165Bid #:195
0515692 Pump Operators Panel, 31", Control
Zone, PUC
PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Left Side Control)
Pump controls and gauges will be located midship at the left side of the apparatus and properly
identified.
The main pump operator's control panel will be completely enclosed and located in the forward
section of the body compartment, to protect against road debris and weather elements. The
pump operator's panels will be no more than 31.00" wide, and made in four (4) sections with the
center section easily removable with simple hand tools. For the safety of the pump operator, there
will be no discharge outlets or pump inlets located on the main pump operators panel.
Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. The
upper section will contain the master gauges. This section will be angled down for easy visibility.
The center section will contain the pump controls aligned in two horizontal rows. The pressure
control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable)
will be located on or adjacent to the center panel, on the side walls for easy operation and
visibility. The lower section will contain the outlet drains.
Manual controls will be easy moving 8" long lever style controls that operate in a vertical, up and
down swing motion. These handles will have a 2.25" diameter knob and be able to lock in place
to prevent valve creep under any pressure. Bright finish bezels will encompass the opening, be
securely mounted to the pump operator's panel, and will incorporate the discharge gauge bezel.
Bezels will be bolted to the panel for easy removal and gauge service. The left side discharges
will be controlled directly at the valve. There will be no push-pull style control handles.
Identification tags for the discharge controls will be recessed within the same bezel. The
discharge identification tags will be color coded, with each discharge having its own unique color.
All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome-plated bezels.
All discharge outlets will be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge
identification tag.
The pump panels for the midship discharge and intake ports will be located ahead of the body
compartments with no side discharge or intake higher than the frame rail. The pump panels will
be easily removable with simple hand tools.
A recessed cargo area will be provided at the front of the body, ahead of the water tank above the
plumbing.
0520016 Not Required, Pumphouse Structure,
PUC
0889383 Pump, Pierce, 2000 GPM, Single
Stage, PUC-NG
PUMP
Pump will be a Pierce, low profile, 2000 gpm single stage midship mounted centrifugal type,
mounted below the cab. The pump will have a 15 percent reserve capacity to allow for extended
time between pump rebuild. To ensure efficient pump/vehicle design the capacity to weight ratio
will not be less than 1.5:1.
The pump casing will consist of three (3) discharge outlets, one (1) to each side in line with the
impeller and one (1) to the rear. The pump casing will incorporate two (2) water strippers to
maintain radial balance.
Pump will be the Class A type.
Pump will be certified to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from draft at pressure indicated
below:
100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure
70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure
50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure
The pump will have the capacity to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from a pressurized
source as indicated below:
135 percent of rated capacity at 100 psi net pump pressure from a 5 psi source
Pump body will be fine-grained gray iron. Pump will incorporate a heater/cooling jacket integral to
the pump housing.
The impeller will be high strength vacuum cast bronze alloy accurately machine balanced and
splined to a ten 10) spline stainless steel pump shaft for precision fit, exceptional durability, and
efficiency. Double replaceable reverse flow labyrinth type bronze wear ring design will help to
minimize end thrust. The impeller will be a twisted vane design to create higher lift. No keyed
shafts will be acceptable.
The pump will include o-ring gaskets throughout the pump.
Deep groove radial type oversize ball bearings will be provided. The bearings will be protected at
the openings from road dirt and water with an oil seal and water slinger.
The pump will have a flat, patterned area on the top of the pump intake wye to allow standing for
plumbing maintenance. The main inlet manifold will be 6.00" in diameter and will have a low
profile design to facilitate low crosslays and high flows.
For ease of service, the pump housing, intake wye, impeller, mechanical seal, and gear case will
be accessible from above the chassis frame by tilting the cab. Removal of the main inlet wyes will
provide access to the impeller, mechanical seal, and wear ring.
The tank to pump line and the primary discharge line will be the only piping required to be
removed for overhaul.
For ease of service and overhaul there will be no piping or manifolding located directly over the
pump.
PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to the chassis frame rails directly below the crew cab, to minimize
wheelbase and facilitate service, using rubber isolators in a modified V pattern that include one
(1) central mounted isolator located between the frame rails and one (1) on each side outside the
frame rails. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to
the fire pump. Each isolator will be 2.55" in total outside diameter and will be rated at 490 lb. The
pump will be completely accessible by tilting the cab with no piping located directly above the
pump.
451165Bid #:196
0515822 Seal, Mechanical, Silicon Carbide,
PUC Pump
MECHANICAL SEALS
Silicon carbide mechanical seals will be provided. The seals will be spring loaded and self-
adjusting. The seals will have a minimum thermal conductivity of 126 W/m*K to run cooler. Seals
will have a minimum hardness of 2800 kg/mm2 to be more resistant to wear, and have thermal
expansion characteristics of no more than 4.0 X106mm/mm*K to be more resistant to thermal
shock.
0889382 Gear Case, Integrated Pump
Transmission, PUC-NG, Paccar
PUMP GEAR CASE
The integrated pump transmission gear case will use a pressure-lubricated system to cool,
lubricate, and filter the oil. The gear case will be constructed of lightweight aluminum, and
impregnated with resin in accordance to MIL Spec MIL-I-17563. A sight glass, accessible by tilting
the cab, will be provided for easy fluid level checks.
The gear case will consist of three (3) gears to drive the pump.
CLUTCH
There will be a heavy-duty hydraulic clutch mounted directly to the integrated pump transmission
to engage and disengage the pump without gear clash. The clutch will be a multiple disc design
for maximum torque. The clutch will be fully self-adjusting to provide automatic wear
compensation, and consistent torque throughout the life of the clutch. Positive engagement and
disengagement will be provided through a high efficient and dependable hydraulic system to
assure superior performance.
LOW PRESSURE/HIGH TEMPERATURE LIGHTS
Lights will be provided to indicate when a high temperature or low pressure situation occurs.
Lights will be provided next to the master gauges at the pump panel as well as on the control
panel in the cab. A pair of lights will be provided in each location. One light will be provided to
indicate high temperature. The second light will be provided to indicate a low pressure. All lights
will be labelled accordingly.
0721196 Pumping Mode, Pump and
Roll/Stationary, Basic, MUX, PUC
PUMPING MODE
Pump will provide for both pump and roll mode and stationary pumping mode.
Stationary pumping mode will be accomplished by stopping the vehicle, setting the parking brake
and engaging the water pump switch on the cab switch panel. The transmission will shift to
"Neutral" range automatically when the parking brake is set. The "OK to Stationary Pump"
indicator will also illuminate when the parking brake is set.
If the vehicle is equipped with a suitable Husky foam system or Hercules CAFS system, these
systems will be engaged from the cab switch panel as well.
pump and roll mode will be accomplished by the use of the main pump and will not require the
use of a secondary pump. pump and roll mode will use the same operation sequence as
stationary pumping mode with a few additional steps. After the vehicle is setup for stationary
pumping, the operator will leave the cab and setup the pump panel to discharge at the desired
outlet(s). Upon returning to the cab, the operator will disengage the parking brake. An "OK to
pump and roll" indicator will illuminate on the cab switch panel. First gear on the transmission
gear selector will be selected by the operator for pump and roll operations. The operator as
needed will apply the foot throttle. pump and roll mode will be maintained unless the transmission
shifts out of first gear.
Stopping either stationary pumping mode or pump and roll mode will be accomplished by
pressing the "Water Pump" switch down to disengage the pump.
A pump pressure reading will be displayed in view of the driver.
0515829 Pump Shift, Sure-Shift
PUMP SHIFT
Pump will be engaged in not more than two steps, by simply setting the parking brake, which will
automatically put the transmission into neutral, and activating a rocker switch in the cab. Switches
in the cab will also allow for water, foam, or CAFS if equipped, and activate the appropriate
system to preset parameters. The engagement will provide simple two-step operation, enhance
reliability, and completely eliminate gear clash. The shift will include the indicator lights as
mandated by NFPA. A direct override switch will be located behind a door in the lower pump
operator's panel. The switch will automatically disengage when the door is closed.
As the parking brake is applied, the pump panel throttle will be activated and deactivate the
chassis foot throttle for stationary operation.
0515833 Transmission Lock-up, Not Req'd,
Park to Neutral, Pump, PUC
TRANSMISSION LOCK UP
Transmission lock up is not required as transmission will automatically shift to neutral as soon as
the parking brake is set.
0515835 Auxiliary Cooling System, PUC
AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from
the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. A water-to-coolant heat exchanger
will be used.
0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
461165Bid #:197
0746508 Valve(s), Relief Intake, Trident Air
Max, Control Location
INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
One (1) Trident Air Max intake relief valve(s) will be installed on the suction side of the pump
preset at 125 psig.
The relief valve will have a working range of 50 psi to 350 psi.
The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter
and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.
One (1) adjustable air regulator and pressure indicating gauge will be located on a common bezel
on the left side pump panel to control the intake valve(s).
0724463 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD ,
PUC
PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.
A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer
continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.
The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure
modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to No Mode/Default Press Setting
mode.
In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When
in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within
engine operation capabilities).
In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.
When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the
operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.
A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle
push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control
knob will be programmed for Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed.
Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be
located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.
A pump cavitation protection feature will also be provided which will return the engine to idle
should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi
and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds.
Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic
programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.
The pressure controller LCD screen will be 4.20" in size with a minimum brightness of 750 nits.
The LCD screen and LED intensity will automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation. The
LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.
The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen:
Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Water pump transmission temperature
Fuel Level
Water tank level
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show
apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will
monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions:
High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low fuel
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.
These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.
The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software
upgrades if needed.
0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
Operated
PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency,
multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition
of applicable NFPA standards.
All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.
One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer.
0780359 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies, Pierce PUC Pump
PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished
with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2)
electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts.
471165Bid #:198
0602496 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, PUC
PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene
tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be
equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a
minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.
Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required
for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.
Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.
All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual
drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.
All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.
All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating.
0089437 Plumbing Without Foam System
0517852 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250-2000 GPM,
Pierce PUC Pump
MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will
include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the
pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
Main pump inlets will not be located on the main operator's panel and will maintain a low
connection height by terminating below the top of the chassis frame rail.
0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All
SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for
installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang.
0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,
NST, VLH
MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.
The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically
relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All
VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style
with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is
required on the valve.
Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.
0520002 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
PUC
The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet will be recessed behind the pump panel.
0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve
INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the
inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.
0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"
LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with
a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.
The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug.
0029147 Not Required, Inlet, Right Side
0521137 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets, PUC
ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from
corrosion.
0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested
0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required
0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet
0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
481165Bid #:199
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested
0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle
INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.
The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the
outside of the panel.
The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing
handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and
provides excellent leverage.
The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails.
0520277 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 4.00"
Plumbing, PUC
TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty 4.00" piping
and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control located at the operator's panel. A
rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.
A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back
filling" the water tank.
0595508 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50", PUC
TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn
full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel.
0766941 Control, Outlets, Swing Handle, Elec
Right Outlets Akron 9335 w/Press
Disp, PUC
DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The right side discharges will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve and be controlled by Akron
9335 electric valve controllers provided on the pump operators panel. The electric controls must
be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The
units must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch
full open feature to operate their corresponding valve actuator. The controllers will provide
position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the
brightness as well as an auto dimming option. In addition to the valve controls, the electric valve
controllers will include a pressure display
All other outlets will have manual swing handles that operate in a vertical up and down motion.
These handles will be able to lock in place to prevent valve creep under pressure.
0516755 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50" (2), PUC
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be two (2) discharges with a 2.50" valves on the left side of the apparatus, terminating
with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharges will be located below the
cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail. Discharges will not be located on
the pump operator's panel. Lever controls will be provided at the valve.
0055095 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, 2.50"
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0766761 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50", (1), Electric
Akron 9335 Controller, PUC
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus,
terminating with a 2.50" MNST adapter. The discharge(s) will be located below the crew cab and
will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail.
There will be Akron 9335 electric valve controller(s) provided on the pump operators panel. The
electric control(s) must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor
or current limiting. The unit(s) must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and
an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controller(s) will provide
position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the
brightness as well as an auto dimming option.
In addition to valve position, each controller will include a pressure display.
0021134 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, 2.50"
0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
491165Bid #:200
0818640 Outlet, Large Diameter, Right Side,
Akron Valve, PUC
LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be an Akron 8800 4.00" flat ball valve with 4.00" plumbing terminating with a 4.00"
MNST chrome adapter on the right side pump panel.
The valve will be controlled with a(n) Akron 9335 with pressure located at the pump operator's
panel.
0699320 Adapter, 4.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz,
w/Cap and Chain, PUC
LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ADAPTER
one (1) 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz
adapter. A 5.00" Storz cap and chain will be provided with the adapter.
0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located in the
center bumper tray.
Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the
pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the
plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless
steel swivel.
There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping.
0516777 Outlet, Rear, 2.50", (1), Thru Tank,
PUC
REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed on left side,installed so
proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50"
piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel.
Discharge will terminate with 2.50" NST thread. Discharge piping will be schedule 10 304L
welded or formed stainless steel and routed through the water tank.
0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,
2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH
REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F)
National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45
degree elbow.
The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically
relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0516782 Outlet, Rear, 2.50" w/2.50" Plumbing,
Thru Tank, PUC, Additional
REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets piped to the rear of the hose bed, on two (2) on the right
side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will
consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump
operator's panel. Discharge will terminate with 2.50" NST thread. Discharge piping will be
schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel and routed through the water tank.
0536635 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,
2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH,
PUC, Additional
ADDITIONAL REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
Two (2) discharge outlets 2.50" discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be
furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose
thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.
The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically
relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain
DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru
3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.
Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00"
in size.
The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in
the line when disconnected.
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle
OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are
acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.
The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the
outside of the side pump panel.
The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.
The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the
wrist and provides excellent leverage.
Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying
the discharge they are plumbed in to.
The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails.
501165Bid #:201
0753335 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/2.50" Valve,
Dual Control, LG HW's, PUC
DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be
mounted and used effectively. 3.00" piping will be installed securely so no movement develops
when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel by a
large handwheel control. A 2.50" valve will be provided. The deluge riser will allow flow for 1000
GPM.
DUAL CONTROL
There will be a second large handwheel control, within reach of the deluge appliance operator.
0770359 No Monitor Requested,
Customer/Dealer Furnished and
Installed
MONITOR
A customer/dealer supplied and installed make and model TFT Crossfire monitor will be properly
installed on the deluge riser.
0029304 No Nozzle Req'd
0005070 Deluge Mount, NPT
The deluge riser will have male National Pipe Threads for mounting the monitor.
0750982 Crosslay Module, Full Width, Roll Up
Doors, PUC
CROSSLAY MODULE
The crosslay module will be full width of the rear body.
The forward, upper corners of the module will have full body corners.
The crosslay module will be manufactured for installation of roll up doors on each side.
0750897 Doors, Crosslay, Roll-up Amdor, Each
End, Full Height, PUC
ROLL-UP DOOR, CROSSLAY ENDS, PUC
All compartment doors will be roll-up style double faced, aluminum construction, painted two (2)
colors to match the rear body paint break and manufactured by AMDOR™. The crosslay
enclosure will be full width of the body.
The track will be the flanged track with the screws installed to the rear of the track guide.
The slats will be double wall box frame extrusion. The exterior surface will be flat and the interior
surface will be concave to help loose equipment fall to the ground and prevent it from jamming
the door.
Between each slat will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or
moisture from entering the compartments.
Each door will have a 4.00" counter balance to assist in lifting.
A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door. The lift bar will be located at
the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame
mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door
curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.
The crosslays will have a drip pan below the roll of the door.
0747660 Lights, Crosslay Compt, Forward
LED, 2Lts
CROSSLAY COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) 12 volt DC light strips with white LEDs and mechanical fasteners, provide
behind the front door frame on the crosslay compartments per the following:
One (1) strip light for the left side crosslay compartment door
One (1) strip light for the right side crosslay compartment door
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective door is opened.
0737370 Crosslays, (1) 2.50", W/Poly Trays,
PUC
CROSSLAY(S), LOWER
There will be one (1) lower crosslays provided.
2.50" Crosslays
There will be one (1) 2.50" crosslays plumbed with 2.50" welded or formed schedule 10 304L
stainless steel pipe.
The crosslays will be low mounted with the bottom of both crosslay trays no more than 11.00"
above the frame rails for simple, safe reloading and deployment (no exception).
There will be a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90-degree swivel provided in each hose bed,
so that the hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The swivel will be as far
outbound as possible for ease of changing hose.
Each crosslay will be gated with a 2.50" quarter turn ball valve with the controls located at the
pump operator's panel.
Each hose bed will be capable of carrying 200' of 3" DJ Hose .
Crosslay Hose Trays
A removable tray will be provided for each crosslay hose bed. The crosslay tray will be
constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the
floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from
the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying.
Trays will be held in place by a mechanical spring-loaded stainless-steel latch that automatically
deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit.
511165Bid #:202
0749435 Crosslays, (2) 1.50", W/Poly Trays,
PUC
CROSSLAY(S), UPPER
There will be two (2) upper crosslays provided.
1.50" Crosslays
There will be two (2) 1.50" crosslays plumbed with 2.00" welded or formed schedule 10 304L
stainless steel pipe.
There will be a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90-degree swivel provided in each hose bed,
so that the hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The swivel will be as far
outbound as possible for ease of changing hose.
Each crosslay will be gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve with the controls located at the
pump operator's panel.
Each hose bed will be capable of carrying 200' of 1.75" double jacket hose .
Crosslay Hose Trays
A removable tray will be provided for each crosslay hose bed. The crosslay tray will be
constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the
floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from
the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying.
Trays will be held in place by a mechanical spring-loaded stainless-steel latch that automatically
deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit.
0729571 Tube, Aluminum, Pike Pole, Special
Ny Style Notch, Upper Crosslay
Module, PUC
PIKE POLE STORAGE
A quantity of two (2) pike poles aluminum tubes will be provided and located (1) deployed out DS
and (1) deployed out PS in the upper crosslay module. The pike pole tube(s) will be notched to
allow a New York style pike pole to fit in the tube.
If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate
will be provided.
0653355 Reel, Booster, Steel, Rear Tailboard
Compartment, PUC/HDRP
BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind steel booster hose will be installed in the rear tailboard compartment.
The exterior finish of the reel will be painted #269 gray from the reel manufacturer.
Roll-up door for this compartment will not interfere with the hose reel.
A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be provided so the booster hose does
not rub against a painted surface.
Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist
of 1.50" or larger Aeroquip hose, stainless steel pipe and a 2.00" valve.
HOSE REEL BLOWOUT
A hose reel blowout will be furnished to blow out any remaining water from the hose reel. The
blowout will be piped from the wet tank of the brake system to the hose reel and will be controlled
at the pump operator's panel.
0005279 Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Reel
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor.
An electric rewind control switch will be installed adjacent to the reel.
0005300 Hose, Booster - 150' of 1.00"/800 PSI Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 150 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be
provided.
Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi.
0005244 Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of 1"Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose.
0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd
0044333 Not Required, Foam System
FOAM SYSTEM
A foam system will not be required on this apparatus.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor
0552517 Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank
0042573 Not Required, Foam System
Demonstration
0045465 Not Required, Foam Tanks
0091110 Not Required, Foam Tank Drain
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2
521165Bid #:203
0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain
0738072 Approval Dwg, Pump Panel(s), Not
Required
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone
PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will
provide user-friendly operation.
0686774 Material, Pump Panels, Operators
Black UL-LX, Sides Black UL-LX,
PUC
PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump operators panel and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel. The pump
panels on the left and right side will be constructed of stainless steel.
All of the panels will be covered with black UL-LX® spray-on polyurethane/polyurea material
finish.
0516978 Pump and Plumbing Access, Simple
Tilt Service, PUC
PUMP AND PLUMBING ACCESS
Simple access to the plumbing will be provided through the front of the body area by raising the
cab for complete plumbing service and valve maintenance. Access to valves will not require
removal of operator panels or pump panels. Access for rebuilding of the pump will not require
removal of more than the tank to pump line and a single discharge line. This access will allow for
fast, easy valve or pump rebuilding, making for reduced out of service times. Steps will be
provided for access to the top of the pump.
Access to the pump will be provided by raising the cab. The pump will be positioned such that all
maintenance and overhaul work can be performed above the frame and under the tilted cab. The
service and overhaul work on the pump will not require the removal of operator panels or pump
panels. Complete pump casing and gear case removal will require no more than removal of the
intake and discharge manifolds, driveline, coolers and a single discharge line. The pump case
and gear case will be able to be removed by lifting upward without interference from piping and
be removable in less than 3 hours.
0618458 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR
LED White, PUC
PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the plumbing area.
The light(s) will be activated by a toggle switch located in the pump compartment area.
0516983 Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pressure Controller, PUC
Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller.
0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green
THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle
installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode.
0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi
VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1
Incorporated.
The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering,
with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.
Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded
retaining nut.
The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump
operator's control panel.
Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One (1) will be connected to
the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have
0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass
plugs. They will be marked with a label.
This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon
tube.
0511100 Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-400psi
PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1 interlube filled.
They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering.
Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded
retaining nut.
Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#.
The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.
This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon
tube.
531165Bid #:204
0750526 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller, Lt Driver
WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water
level by means of nine (9) LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The
LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.
To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is
less than 25 percent. The gauge will have down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.
The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank
or cell.
There will be a light driver module with this installation to power additional water level gauge(s)
included on the apparatus.
0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision
WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote
Display
ADDITIONAL WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be two (2) additional Fire Research MaxVision, model WLA280-A00, water tank remote
indicator(s) provided and installed Each side of cab behind crew doors up high. The indicators will
show the volume of water in the tank on 96 easy to see super bright Tri-color LEDs. The indicator
case will be waterproof and manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens.
The remote indicator will indicate the level as a single color:
Red for 25 percent or less
Amber for up to 50 percent volume
Blue for up to 75 percent volume
Green for up to 100 percent volume
When the level reaches 25 percent, the red LEDs will begin flashing. When the level is empty, the
red LEDs will scroll in a down-chasing motion and then flash three (3) times.
The flash rate will be determined by the main water tank sensor.
It will have the program capability to adjust the brightness level for day time and night time
viewing. The LEDs can also be programmed for different colors.
This module will be activated when the battery switch is on.
0006774 Not Required, Foam Level Gauge
0653081 Light, Pump Operator & Panel, Side
Ctrl, PUC, 60354C LED Cab & LED
OH Chr Cvr
SIDE CONTROL PUMP OPERATOR'S/PUMP PANEL LIGHTING
Illumination will be provided for controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments
necessary for the operation of the apparatus and the equipment provided on it. External
illumination will be a minimum of five (5) foot-candles on the face of the device. Internal
illumination will be a minimum of four (4) footlamberts.
The pump panels will be illuminated by two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 60354C, 6.00" x 2.00" oval white
LED lights with Model 60700, grommets and chrome covers installed on the back of the cab, one
(1) on the driver's side and one (1) on the passenger's side.
The pump operator's panel will utilize the same LED strip lighting at the forward doorframe as all
other compartment lighting.
There will be a small white LED pump engaged indicator light installed overhead.
0828301 SP Air Horn, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
21.00", eTone, Black, In Bumper
AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, 21.00" long black air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air
horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure
protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air, in the brake system.
0606834 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos
#2 & #6)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rails.
0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select
Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757076 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS
Right side lanyard. The lanyard to be a link chain inside vinyl tubing.
0757077 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, LS
Left side lanyard. The lanyard to be a link chain inside vinyl tubing.
0525667 Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200
Watt
ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen®, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.
This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.
0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console
Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side center switch panel.
0748306 Control, Elec Siren, Multi Select
ELECTRONIC SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be activated by the following:
541165Bid #:205
0748287 Control, Elec Siren,
Rocker/Membrane Sw, RS
The right side momentary switch.
0805709 Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring,
Interlock
The steering wheel horn ring with siren/horn selector switch.
The control to be available when the parking brake is released.
0783670 Speaker, (2) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Black Painted Grille, 100 watt
SPEAKERS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speakers with
through bumper mounting brackets and black steel grilles provided. Each speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier.
0601559 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Each Side, Inside Frame
(Pos 3 & 5)
The speakers will be recessed in each side of the front bumper, inside of the frame rails.
0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B
AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of
the apparatus.
The Q2B will be black chrome finish.
The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2-
gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the
battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.
The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will
be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0006095 Siren, Mechanical, Mounted Above
Deckplate
The mechanical siren will be mounted on the bumper deck plate. It will be mounted on the left
side. A reinforcement plate will be furnished to support the siren.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select
MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748282 Control, Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS Left side foot switch.
0729537 Control Mech Siren, Rocker
Momentary On, Brake RS
The siren will be controlled by a 3-position rocker switch located in the cab on the right side
switch panel. The switch will control the siren per the following:
The momentary top position will activate the mechanical siren.
The home middle position will be neutral.
The momentary bottom position will apply the mechanical siren brake.
0737437 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red,
Pnl 9, Saber FR/Enf
A momentary red switch will be included in switch panel #9 to activate the siren brake.
0734674 Sw, Siren Brake, Mom Rocker, Red
Outline, RS Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux
A momentary rocker switch will be included in the right side overhead switch panel to activate the
siren brake.
There will be a red outline decal around the black rocker switch.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
551165Bid #:206
0807805 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-D, 72",
RRRRWRRROptRRRWRRRR
FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 72.00" Whelen® Freedom™ IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.
The lightbar will include the following:
One (1) photocell to dim the lightbar LED modules when the parking brake is applied and in low
light conditions.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side rear corner position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side end position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side front corner position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side first front position.
One (1) white flashing LED module in the left side second front position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side third front position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side fourth front position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side fifth front position.
One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side fifth front position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side fourth front position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side third front position.
One (1) white flashing LED module in the right side second front position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side first front position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side front corner position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side end position.
One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side rear corner position.
There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.
The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller will be activated by a cab switch with emergency master control,
and there will be a driver's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to
activate the traffic light controller.
The two (2) white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the
parking brake is applied.
The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions, and the two red (2) flashing LED
modules in the end positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side
Zone Upper
0734071 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6**
M6** M6** LED, Q Bzl, 4lts
LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER
There will be four (4), Whelen® Model M6** 4.32" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED
warning lights installed on the cab face above the headlights in twin bezels.
The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs
The left side inside warning light to include red LEDs
The right side inside warning light to include red LEDs
The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs
The warning light lens color(s) to be clear
The housing and trim shall be painted black
The lights may be controlled per the following:
A switch on the cab instrument panel will control the lights
White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied
Amber LEDs will be activated when the parking brake is applied
Amber, blue green or red LEDs in the inside positions may be load managed when the parking
brake is applied
0826917 Light, Front, Roto Ray 4000W,
PAR46 LED, 2-R, 1-W,Hdn Mt Tp Sct
Grl Blk,VoidWrnt
ROTO RAY LIGHT
There will be one (1) Roto Ray, Model 4000W rotating warning light provided on the front of the
cab mounted through the top section of the front grille.
This warning light will include the following:
Two (2) PAR46 lights with red LEDs and clear lenses
One (1) PAR46 light with white LEDs and a clear lens
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control this light.
The rotation motor and the warning lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.
The exterior parts of this assembly will be painted black.
Portions painted in house will void the warranty.
0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.
There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This
switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.
The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the
parking brake is set.
561165Bid #:207
0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, M6**, 6Lts
SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED
warning lights with black trim installed per the following:
Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front
light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning
LEDs.
Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side,
side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to
include red warning LEDs.
Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to
include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.
The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.
0896616 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Weldon 8401-0000-20 Strip Light
INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon, Model 8401-0000-20, 16" long x 3/4" High x 5/8" deep amber 12
volt DC LED flashing strip lights provided.
One (1) light on the left side cab door.
One (1) light on the right side cab door.
One (1) light on the right side crew cab door.
One (1) light on the left side crew cab door.
Each light will be located over the door window..
Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and the
ignition switch is on.
Each light will be installed so the flash pattern directs traffic away from the doors.
0815847 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Weatherproof
ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights will be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped connectors in order to provide
ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to.
0745867 Lights, Side, Wln M9** LED, Trm Fet
1st
SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M9**, 6.50" high x 10.37" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED
warning light(s) with black trim provided, DS and PS front upper body corners.
The light(s) to include green LEDs. The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.
These lights will be activated with the side warning switch.
White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.
Amber, blue, green or red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0827630 Lights, Side, Wln WION* LED,
Recessed in Cab Steps, 4lts
SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model WION* wide angle flashing LED warning lights with
universal mounting brackets provided and mounted as follows:
One (1) recessed in the driver's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door.
The left side, side front light to include red LEDs.
One (1) recessed in the driver's side crew cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of
door. The left side, side rear light to include red LEDs.
One (1) recessed in the passenger's side crew cab on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of
door. The right side, side rear light to include red LEDs.
One (1) recessed in the passenger's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of
door. The right side, side front light to include red LEDs.
The lenses for these lights will be clear.
These lights will be activated with the side warning switch.
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.
0804023 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSM** LED,
Mounted Behind Poly Rub Rail, 1st
SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model WIONSM** LED light(s) provided and located behind the
body poly rub rails Centered below LS1, LS3, RS1, RS3. The poly rub rails will be cut out to allow
the light(s) to shine through the poly rub rails.
The color of each light will be red LED with a clear lens.
Each light will be provided with black trim and mounting gasket.
Any white light(s) will be disabled when the park brake is set.
0894842 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, For
Tail Lt Housings
REAR ZONE LOWER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED
warning lights located in the rear tail light housings of the apparatus per the following:
The driver's side rear light to be red.
The passenger's side rear light to be red.
The lens color(s) to be clear.
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.
0747386 Lights, Rear, Wln 6RB** LED,
Features 1st
REAR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model 6RB**, LED flashing warning light(s) with Whelen, black
trim provided DS and PS rear bulkheads below M9 warning lights.
The color of the lights will be red.
The color of the lens of the light(s) will be clear.
These lights will be activated with the rear upper warning switch.
571165Bid #:208
0725515 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln
M9*C LED, Clear Lens, Flange Kit,
4lts
WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones)
Four (4) Whelen, model M9*C LED flashing warning lights will be provided at the rear of the
apparatus.
The side rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.
The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.
The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.
The side rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.
These lights will include a lens that is clear.
These lights will include a black trim .
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.
0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0590000 No Hose Bed Warn Lts Brkts
Required, Lts On Hatch/Body
Compts,PUC
0751112 Lights, Traffic Directing, Wln TLIA
Amber LED, 8 Lts, TACTL5
TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be eight (8) Whelen® Model TLIA, 1.50" high x 5.14" long x 0.50" deep lights with
amber LEDs, clear lenses and black trim installed at the rear of the apparatus as a traffic directing
light.
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model TACTL5 control head energized when the battery switch is
on, included with this installation.
The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on.
0791018 Location, TDL, Surface Mounted,
Hose Bed Cover Rear Flange
The lights used as traffic directing will be surface mounted on the rear vertical flange of the hose
bed cover as close to the center as practical.
0530288 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Recessed Console, above
Eng Tnl DS
The traffic directing light controller will be located within the overhead recessed console above
the engine tunnel on the driver's side.
0772909 Light Twr, W-B Chf NS2.3-600 WHL,
4-P*H2, 12VDC Lts Cld 7.5'
LIGHT TOWER
There will be one (1) Will-Burt, Model NS2.3-600 WHL, light tower provided.
There will be four (4) Whelen, Model P*H2, 150 watt 12 volt LED DC light heads included on this
tower.
The light tower will have with a combination of flood and spot optics lights.
The painted parts of the light tower and the light heads to be white.
This tower will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator in the cab.
The lights included on this tower may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0664471 Location, Light Tower, Cargo Area
Light Tower Location
The light tower will be installed in the cargo area.
0617750 Controller, Lt Twr, W-B, Wired
Hndhld, E-STOP Chf, Chf Pr, Pow Pr
Light Tower Controller
There will be one (1) handheld wired controller included.
0782222 Location, Light Tower Controller, PUC
Pump Panel Area, Recess Rear Wall
Light Tower Controller Location
The light tower controller will be recessed in the partition wall just rearward of the pump panel. An
open top bin at the base of the recess will be provided in this recessed location to help retain the
controller cord.
0779707 Receptacle Strip, 20A 120V 6-Place,
Interior Body
POWER OUTLET STRIP
There will be one (1) receptacle strip(s) with six (6) 20 amp 120 volt AC straight blade receptacles
provided RS1 on right wall centered from floor to ceiling.
The strip(s) selected will be powered from the shoreline to 120 volt AC power inverter internal
transfer sw through a receptacle located adjacent to the strip(s).
There will be a label installed near the strip(s) that state the following:
Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
581165Bid #:209
0783678 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be two (2), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with interior stainless steel wall plate(s), installed Interior on inboard wall, up high of LS/RS rear
facing EMS cabinets. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.
The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline to 120 volt AC power inverter internal
transfer sw.
There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:
Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided
by Fire Dept
NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC
S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:
One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two
(2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.
Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped
with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the
6.00" (152 mm) band.
Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.
NFPA Loose Equipment That Should be Considered
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a)
and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.
One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.
Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.
One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a
minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min).
Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.
Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.
Two (2) hydrant wrenches.
One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.
One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.
One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.
Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.7 m × 5.5 m).
One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0816941 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024
SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply
hose.
0027023 No Strainer Required
0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department
DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and
mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept
WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and
mount the extinguisher.
0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department
FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the
axe.
0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department
PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the
axe.
591165Bid #:210
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton
PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing
process as follows:
Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be
thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be
removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior
surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized
aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.
Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil,
grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces
will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high
temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment
converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.
Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to
provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two-
component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish
when sanded.
Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra-
smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the
topcoat.
Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been
previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids
urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.
Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane
basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper
color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide
protection from the environment.
Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat
is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior
surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for
the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.
After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the
color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to
the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the
color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family
color.
All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed
and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies
that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.
The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides
and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors
GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.
standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon
request.
Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution
control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the
following conditions:
Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.
Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment
process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.
Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.
Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash
process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems
will be 99.97 percent efficient.
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep
the water clean.
Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.
Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.
Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and
returned for reuse.
Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have
ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the
manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA
rules and regulations.
0709566 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer
TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #101 black and the lower section
painted #90 red. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided.
There will be a standard cab shield provided.
0709833 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Body TWO-TONE BODY PAINT
The body will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted to match the upper section of
the cab and the lower section painted to match the lower section of the cab. The body paint break
will be above the body compartment door openings.
601165Bid #:211
0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard
PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly,
air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted (unless
otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:
Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly
Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:
Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Two (2) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown.
0693798 Paint, Front Wheels FRONT WHEELS PAINT
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with paint black #101.
0693793 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle REAR WHEELS PAINT
All wheel surfaces, inside and outside, will be provided with paint black #101.
0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs
AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color.
0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray
COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and
to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544129 Reflective Band, 1"-6"-1"
REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of
the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" black stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a
6.00" black stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" black stripe on the bottom.
0007356 Reflective across Cab Face
The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level.
0820076 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Reflective,
NFPA/ULC 2024, Pumper, PUC
REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the
apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear roll up door will be covered.
The colors will be black and ruby red reflective.
Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.
0073811 Folded "Z" Ribbon in Reflective
Stripe, Pair
FOLDED RIBBON IN REFLECTIVE STRIPE
There will be one (1) folded type ribbon/s added to the reflective stripe LS3 and RS3.
0609444 SP Stripe, Sign Gold Outline Above
Reflective Band
SIGN GOLD STRIPE
There will be a Sign Gold stripe applied above the reflective band. The sign gold stripes will be
1.00" wide with an outline.
0512024 Stripe, Reflective, Chevron/Inverted
"V", On Front Bumper
CHEVRON/INVERTED "V" STRIPING ON THE FRONT BUMPER
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the front bumper.
The striping will consist of the following colors:
The first color will be black
The second color will be ruby red
The size of the striping will be 6.00".
611165Bid #:212
0509398 Stripe, Reflective, Chevron, Cab and
Crew Cab Doors Interior
INVERTED "V" CHEVRON STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab and crew cab door.
The striping will consist of the following colors:
The first color will be black
The second color will be ruby red
The size of the striping will be 6.00".
0679822 Stripe, Sign Gold, Two-Tone Paint
Break with Shield, IPO Chrome
Molding
CAB STRIPE
There will be a Sign Gold stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding
and on the cab face with shield.
0594559 Lettering Specifications, (Sign Gold
Process)
LETTERING
The lettering will be 22 karat gold vinyl.
0685931 Lettering, Sign Gold, 3.00", (61-80)
LETTERING
Sixty-one (61) to eighty (80) Sign Gold lettering, 3.00" high, with outline will be provided.
0685744 Lettering, Sign Gold, 10.00", (1-20)
LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) Sign Gold lettering, 10.00" high, with outline will be provided.
0685798 Lettering, Sign Gold, 6.00", (1-20)
LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) Sign Gold lettering, 6.00" high, with outline will be provided.
0685817 Lettering, Sign Gold, 4.00", Each
LETTERING
There will be sign gold lettering, 4.00" high, with outline provided. There will be eight (8)
letters provided.
0695610 Emblem, Reflective, Per Dept.
Submittal, Each
EMBLEM
There will be five (5) reflective emblem(s), approximately 14.00" - 16.00" in size, installed Crew
doors, EMS compt. doors, and rear roll up door. the emblem will be modeled after the
department submitted information (art, patch, etc).
0769755 Emblem, Texas Flag Painted on Cab
Grille, All Custom Chassis
CAB GRILLE DESIGN
A Texas flag design will be painted on the cab grille.
0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom
FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire
apparatus provided.
The manual(s) will contain the following:
Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly
Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will
not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.
Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.
The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital
photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools
to assist in locating parts quickly.
621165Bid #:213
0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom
CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service
information on major components provided with the completed unit.
The manual will contain the following sections:
Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a
generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.
0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom
CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive.
0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal.
0735523 Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5
Year, WA0386
ENGINE WARRANTY
A Paccar five (5) yearlimited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate
is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201
STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty
certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame only (does not include crossmembers) limited warranty
certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal.
0610485 Warranty, Axle, Eaton/Dana, 5
Year/100,000 Mile, Parts and Labor
REAR AXLE WARRANTY
A Eaton five (5)-year/100,000 mile parts and labor warranty will be provided.
0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year,
Meritor Wabco, WA0232
ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this
proposal.
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal.
0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal.
0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this
proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188
CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system.
0708760 Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights
COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty.
631165Bid #:214
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187
TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.
Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on
your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage
limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216
TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first
three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal.
0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195
WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal.
0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal.
0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185
ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted
against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will
be provided on painted roll up doors.
The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal.
0889364 Warranty, Pump, Pierce, PUC-NG, 7
Year Parts, 1 Year Labor, WA0390
SEVEN (7) YEAR PARTS, ONE (1) YEAR LABOR
The pump and its components will be provided with a seven (7) year parts and one (1) year labor
limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty will provide that the pump and its components will
be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under
normal use and service.
A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this
proposal.
0641372 Warranty, Foam System, Not
Available
0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal.
0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate,
WA0168, is included with this proposal.
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196
VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with
NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this
proposal.
0808565 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Paccar MX, 2027
ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine
manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The
certification will be provided at the time of delivery.
0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098
POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as
installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this
proposal.
641165Bid #:215
0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189
CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The
certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the
cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be
documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart
accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state
licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or
exceed the requirements below:
SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.
European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.
SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.
Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of
the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover
incident.
Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J2420.
Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice
the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.
Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of
the occupant area.
There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will
lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137
CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample
doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria
without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear.
0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132
WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers
will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria.
0631974 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133
ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service
life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those
provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or
significant component wear.
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134
SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should
be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.
The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the
appropriate criteria.
SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be
validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that
each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the
appropriate criteria.
651165Bid #:216
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175
PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable,
reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air
conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially
similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster
system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And
Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a
cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.
Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for
personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods
found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has
been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition
AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp
draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.
The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:
Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.
A written load analysis, which will include the following:
The nameplate rating of the alternator.
The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:
Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:
Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected
load.
Each individual intermittent load.
All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable
NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO
0000048 PUMPER/TANKER, 3rd Gen
0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0735525 PACCAR MX13 ENGINE
0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0520324 PIERCE PUMP, PUC
0020009 POLY TANK
0028047 NO FOAM SYSTEM
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES
0020015 ABS SYSTEM
0658751 PUMPER BASE
661165Bid #:217
Option List
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
1 0766589 Boiler Plates, PUC Pumper 1
Fire Department/Customer - Westlake Fire Department
Operating/In conjunction W-Service Center - In Conjunction
Miles - 25 Miles
Number of Fire Dept/Municipalities - 2
Bidder/Sales Organization - Siddons-Martin
Delivery - Delivery representative
Dealership/Sales Organization, Service - Siddons-Martin
2 0661794 Single Source Compliance 1
3 0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton, Wisconsin 1
4 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin 1
5 0588609 Vehicle Destination, US 1
6 0764706 SP BMP Truck - Pre-Approval at Bid - Approved Option Will Be Required at Booking 1
7 0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes Effective Jan 1, 2024, With Exceptions 1
8 0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device Fire Apparatus 1
9 0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper 1
10 0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification, Pumper/Tanker, U.L.1
11 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection Program, NFPA 1900 1
12 0000114 Inspection Trip(s)2
Qty, - 02
Fill in Blank - 3 Westlake personnel
13 0620362 Consortium, HGAC 1
14 0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons 1
15 0529326 Bid Bond, 10%, Pierce Built Chassis 1
16 0816569 Performance Bond, Not Requested, PPI Terms 1
17 0000007 Approval Drawing 1
18 0002928 Electrical Diagrams 1
19 0889378 Enforcer Chassis, PUC-NG 1
20 0000110 Wheelbase 1
Wheelbase - 194.00"
21 0000070 GVW Rating 1
GVW rating - 46,500
22 0729280 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375, Enforcer 1
23 0889469 Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00" x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal 1
24 0630705 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer 1
25 0030264 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR 1
26 0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4, Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf 1
27 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle 1
28 0899438 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply 1
29 0725046 Wheels, Front, 22.50" x 12.25", Steel, Hub Pilot, 24k 1
30 0640711 Axle, Rear, Dana S26-190, 27,000 lb Saber/Enforcer 1
31 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109 KPH 1
32 0565380 Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring, 27,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer 1
33 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle 1
34 0782552 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single 1
35 0654806 Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x 8.25", Steel, Hub Pilot, Single 1
36 0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads 1
37 0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring, RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap, Single Axle 1
Qty, Tire Pressure Ind - 6
38 0801926 Lug Nut, Covers, Black 1
39 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce Logo 1
Customer:Westlake, TX Fire Department - Denton County Bid Number: 1165
Representative Peters, Brian Job Number:
Organization:Siddons-Martin Emergency Group Number of Units:1
Requirements Manager: Bid Date:10/31/2024
Description: Westlake Enforcer PUC Pumper Stock Number:
Body: Pumper, PUC, Aluminum Price Level:51 (Current: 51)
Chassis:Enforcer Chassis, PUC-NG Lane:Lane 1
12/17/2024
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 11165Bid #:218
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
40 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding, (Up to 44" Diameter Tires)1
Qty, Pair - 01
41 0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-E, Folding, Horizontal 1
Qty, Pair - 01
Location, Wheel Chocks - Left Side Rear Tire, Forward
42 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900/ULC 1
43 0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc, Front, TAK-4 1
44 0627930 Brakes, Bendix, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x 8.63"1
45 0735527 Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8 CI, Paccar 1
46 0644232 Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch Minimum Capacity, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
Paint Color, Air Tanks - Black #98
47 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 1
48 0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon 1
49 0544415 Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting, Location 1
Location - DS Step Well
Qty, Air Coupling (s) - 1
50 0014130 Air Tank, Additional for Extra Air Horn Capacity 1
Paint Color, Air Tanks - Frame color
51 0808515 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-ftW/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
52 0811409 Not Required, Engine Contingency Adjustment 1
53 0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 1
54 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated, Paccar MX13 Engine 1
Switch, Engine Brake - MX13
55 0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
56 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
57 0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right Side 1
Exhaust, Diffuser - 4" x 5" x 7" (Premium)
Exhaust, Material/Finish - Aluminized Steel (Standard)
Location, Diffuser Termination - 2.00" Past Rub Rail (Standard)
Tip, Exhaust - Straight Tip (Standard)
58 0816167 SP Adapter, Exhaust, Plymovent Magnetic Grabber, for 6" or 7" Diffuser Outlet 1
59 0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
60 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber 1
61 0794888 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill, Door Finish Feature 1
Finish - Painted, Job Color
62 0001129 Lines, Fuel 1
63 0889521 DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under Cab, Paccar, Lift Up Fill Dr, Spring, ENF 1
Door, Material & Finish, DEF Tank - Painted
64 0552793 Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump 1
65 0552712 Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel Line 1
66 0699437 Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd.1
67 0690880 No Selection Required From This Category 1
68 0801890 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4500 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/Enf 1
69 0512762 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push Button, 4500, Imp/Vel/Qtm/DCF/Enf 1
Trans, ratio - 4500 EVS, 6Spd
70 0517604 Transmission Programming, Park to Neutral, PUC 1
71 0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine, External 1
72 0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 1
73 0734211 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler, Paccar 1
74 0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
75 0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash 1
Text, Row (1) One - Westlake
Text, Row (2) Two - Fire-EMS
Text, Row (3) Three - Department
76 0606441 Bumper, 19" Extended, Steel Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
77 0637813 Tray, Hose, Center, 19" Bumper, Outside Air Horns, 15" Deep, 13" Below/2" Above 1
Grating, Bumper extension - Grating, Rubber
Capacity, Bumper Tray - 21) 150' of 1.75"
78 0630813 Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, One (1) D-Ring Latch, Hose Tray 1
Stay arm, Tray Cover - b) Pneumatic Stay Arm
79 0778092 Lift & Tow Package, Enforcer 1
80 0032932 Tow Eyes, Painted, Extended Out Front of Bumper 1
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 21165Bid #:219
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
81 0698960 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper, Outside Exterior, UL-LX Coating, Black 1
82 0625646 Cab, Enforcer, 7010, PUC 1
83 0826074 Engine Tunnel, X12, MX13, Foil Insulation w/Mech Fasteners, Extreme Climate, Enf 1
84 0810166 Cab Insulation, Extreme Climate, Foil Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR 1
85 0610508 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable Seating, Not Available 1
86 0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
Material, Exterior Rear Wall - Aluminum Treadplate
87 0644201 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
88 0751129 Grille, Painted, Bright Finished Mesh Screen, Front of Cab, Enforcer 1
Paint Color, Grille Surround - Black #101
89 0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face, AXT/Saber/Enforcer 1
90 0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab 1
91 0829403 SP Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style, Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex, Painted Blk #101 1
92 0648172 Door, Full Height, Saber FR/Enforcer 4-Door Cab, Raised Roof 1
Key Model, Cab Doors - 751
Cab, Exterior Door Handle, Finish - 4-Door, Black
93 0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel, Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab 1
94 0617333 Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 2 Frt Elect, 2 Driver Control, SFR/Enf 1
95 0749512 SP Steps, 4-Door Cab, Painted Black Step Wells, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
96 0770198 Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, Black, 4-Dr Cab 1
Color, Handrail Light - Red
Control, Handrail Light - Parking Brake and Cab Switch LS
97 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts 1
Color, Trim - Black Housing
98 0057836 Crowns, Front Fender, Rubber, TAK-4 1
99 0771672 Handrail, 10", Below Cab Windshield, Hansen Knurled, LED Backlit, Black, Pair 1
Color, Handrail Light - Red
Control, Handrail Light - Body Handrail Controls
100 0042105 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab 1
101 0012090 Not Required, Windows, Front/Side of raised roof 1
102 0779033 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
103 0722796 Dash, Poly, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
104 0773925 SP Partition Below Shelf, Equipment Mounting, Crew Cab 1
Location - Mounted on forward side of the 2 shelves between the rear
facing EMS cabinets. Similar to 36426
Qty, - 01
Material Finish, Cab Interior - Painted
105 0607217 Mounting Provisions, 3/16" Alum, Full Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
Mounting Provision Spacing - 1.00"
Material Finish, Cab Interior - Painted
106 0817141 Hook, Coat, Heavy Duty, Non-NFPA 2024 2
Location - Above PAC TRAC on back wall of cab
Qty, - 02
107 0664351 Pac Trac, Installed in Cab/Crew Cab 2
Location - (1) each side of forward facing seats on back wall
Qty, - 02
108 0606282 Shelf, Equipment Mounting, Aluminum, Lip, Size 2
Location - Between rear facing EMS cabinets. Similar to 36426.
Qty, - 02
Size - to fit between the EMS compartments one as low as possible on
engine tunnel and the other 12" above it. Similar to job #36426
Material Finish, Cab Interior - Painted
Lip - 2.00"
109 0826219 Mounting Provisions, Computer, Tray, S/S, Straps, Slides, No Sides, Locking 1
Location - Officer side dash
Qty, - 01
110 0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber FR/Enforcer, CARE 1
Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric - Endure Vinyl - Black
Engine Tunnel Cover - Black Endure Vinyl
Cab Interior Rear Wall Material - Painted Aluminum
111 0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
Color, Cab Interior Paint - d) red
112 0888673 Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew Cab, Blister, Enforcer PUC-NG 1
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 31165Bid #:220
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
113 0819166 HVAC, Extreme-Duty, Enforcer, Paccar, CARE 1
Paint Color, A/C Condenser - Painted to Match Cab Roof
HVAC System, Filter Access - Tool Free Panel
Auxiliary Cab Heater - Both
HVAC System, Control Loc. - Panel Position #13
114 0677382 Guard, Brush, Painted, For Coleman A/C Unit, Cab Roof 1
115 0787034 Air Conditioning, Coleman-Mach 8, Roughneck, 120V, 15K, 6K Heat, Cab
Roof,Black
1
Thermostat - Coleman ceiling unit
AC Power Source - Shoreline
116 0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT, Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf 1
Sun Visor Retention - Thumb Latch
117 0634328 Grab Handles, Driver and Officer Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
118 0668638 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto & Manual Switch, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3"
LED,Trim
1
Qty, - 01
119 0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT 1
Latch, Door, Storage - Southco C2 Black Flush
120 0583042 Side Roll and Frontal Impact Protection 1
121 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Belted Seats 1
122 0636955 Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride, High Back, Safety, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf 1
123 0632926 Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride, SCBA, Safety, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf 1
124 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment 1
125 0822580 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 39 H x 26.75 D, Web, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf 1
Light, Short Cabinet - Amdor, Interior, White, Right Side
Scuffplate, Material/Finish - S/S, Brushed
Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Cab Interior
Shelf/Tray, Cabinet - (1) Shelf, Adjustable, 0.75" Up-Turned Lip
Door, Cab Exterior Cabinet - Double Pan, Non-Locking
Door, Exterior Stop - Stay Arm
Louvers, Cabinet - 0-No Louvers
Fastener, Web, Cab Cabinet - 1" Side Release, Top
126 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C, Center 1
127 0822239 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 22 W x 39 H x 26.75 D, Web, Ext Acc, SFR/Enf 1
Light, Short Cabinet - Amdor, Interior, White, Left Side
Scuffplate, Material/Finish - S/S, Brushed
Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Cab Interior
Shelf/Tray, Cabinet - (1) Shelf, Adjustable, 0.75" Up-Turned Lip
Door, Cab Exterior Cabinet - Double Pan, Non-Locking
Door, Exterior Stop - Stay Arm
Louvers, Cabinet - 0-No Louvers
Fastener, Web, Cab Cabinet - 1" Side Release, Top
128 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C/C, LS Outboard 1
129 0819392 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (2) Pierce PSV, SCBA, Safety, 5.5" Sp, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf
1
130 0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing C/C, RS Outboard 1
131 0042923 Netting, Cargo, Ship Loose 1
Location - between the 2 shelves between EMS compartments rear
facing
Qty, - 1
132 0761572 SP Compt, Storage, Forward Facing, Overhead, 88 W x 10 H x 9 D, Saber FR/Enf 1
Latch, Storage Compt - a) Non Locking
Qty, Compt Door - (3)
Light, Overhead Compt - Pierce, Horizontal Mounted
133 0629833 Compt, Storage, (2) Rear Facing, Overhead, 21 W x 10 H x 20 D, Saber
FR/Enforcer
1
Latch, Storage Compt - b) Locking
Light, Overhead Compt - Pierce, Horizontal Mounted
134 0766467 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl, Seats Inc, CARE 4
Color, Cab Interior Vinyl/Fabric - Endure Vinyl - Black
Qty, - 04
135 0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II, Cab Seats 3
Qty, - 03
136 0690610 Embroidery, Seats, Cab and Crew Cab 1
Qty, Seats Embroidery - 4 Seats
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 41165Bid #:221
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
137 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor, ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
Seat Belt Color - Red
138 0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA/ULC 2024 1
139 0647647 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts 1
Color, Dome Lt - Red & White
Color, Dome Lt Bzl - Black
Control, Dome Lt White - Door Switches and Lens Switch
Control, Dome Lt Color - Lens Switch
140 0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and Crew Cab Dome Lts 1
141 0816997 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire Dept, NFPA/ULC 2024 1
142 0622803 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX 1
Emergency Switching - Individual Switches
143 0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel, AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX 1
144 0543751 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus 1
Alarm, Do Not Move Truck - Pulsing Alarm
145 0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color Dsply,1
146 0622798 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower Console & Overhead, Rocker MUX, Enforcer 1
147 0802940 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
Location, Wiper Control - Standard Location
148 0821266 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC
1
12vdc power from - Battery direct
Location - Mounted as low as possible between the forward facing seats.
149 0821298 Wiring, Spare,12V DC, USB-A, USB-C AlfredDireck Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC 2
Qty, - 02
12vdc power from - Battery direct
Location - LOC #12
150 0820904 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st NFPA1900/ULC 2
Qty, - 02
12vdc power from - Ignition power
Wire termination - Butt Splice
Location, Spare Wiring - Officer Dash and Center Console
151 0821263 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC 1
12vdc power from - Battery direct
Location - Exterior forward wall of EMS cabinet behind officer, mounted
as low as possible.
152 0821325 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st NFPA1900/ULC 1
Qty, - 01
12vdc power from - Ignition power
Wire termination - Butt Splice
Location - LOC #4
153 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714 1
System Of Measurement - US Customary
154 0816633 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert (R2V), HA7 1
Subscription, HAAS R2V - R2V - 5 Year Data Plan Subscription
155 0820299 Seat Belt Monitor w/CZ Display, NFPA1900/ULC 1
156 0696439 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Cable Routed to Instrument Panel Area 1
Qty, - 01
Location, Antenna Mount - Right Side
157 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714 1
Camera System Audio - Not Provided
158 0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher 1
159 0523921 Recess, Rear Vision Camera 1
Location, Camera, Recessed - Center Rear
160 0677933 Camera System, CSS, Body to Waterproof Pump Panel 7" LCD Display 1
Location - Right side of body above crosslays
161 0890416 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Enforcer, WiFi
CZT
1
Color, Antenna - Black Antenna
Module Housings - Black Housing with Power and Status Ind
162 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System 1
163 0624253 Electrical System, Enforcer MUX 1
164 0079211 Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud 1
165 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All Custom Chassis 1
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 51165Bid #:222
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
166 0002698 Battery Compartment, Saber/Enforcer 1
167 0813848 Charger, Sngl Sys, IOTA, DLS-75, 75 amp, IQ4 Controller 1
168 0814869 Location, Cab, Charger, Behind Driver Seat 1
169 0813791 Panel, Charger Display, Kussmaul, 091-94-12, Batt Dir 1
170 0814939 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's Seat Riser 1
171 0816871 Inverter, Xantrex Freedom X, 817-1000, Non-NFPA 2024 Batt Sw 1
172 0814953 Location, Body, Inverter, LS Forward Compartment 1
Location, Comp Body - High On Back Wall
173 0016857 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super 1
Qty, - 01
Color, Kussmaul Cover - b) red
Shoreline Connection - Battery Charger
174 0026800 Shoreline Location 1
Location, Shoreline(s) - DS Cab, Frt Corner
175 0097486 Shoreline Inlet, 20A 120V Kussmaul Auto Eject, "Super"1
Location - DS front cab corner
Qty, - 01
Color, Kussmaul Cover - b) red
Connection, Shoreline - Coleman AC
176 0647728 Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI 1
177 0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX 1
Enable/Disable Hi-Idle - e)High Idle enable
178 0724853 Headlights, Rect LED, HiViz FT-4X6-4KIT, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel, Trim 1
Color, Headlight Housing and Trim - Black Painted Housing and Trim
179 0625953 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab 1
Color, Lens, LED's - c)clear
180 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts 1
181 0735474 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer 1
Light Guard - No Guards
182 0625210 Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf 1
183 0088869 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 26250R LED 7Lts 1
184 0804519 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw w/Flange 1
Color, Lens, LED's - Clear
Color, Trim - Black Trim
Flash Pattern, Directional Lts - Steady On (Arrow)
185 0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 1
186 0889577 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt 1
Color, Trim - Black Housing
187 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 1
188 0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr 1
189 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts 1
190 0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step 1
Control, Perimeter Lts - Parking Brake Applied, Reverse Signal
Activation, DS Directional Light to DS Side Lts and PS Directional Light to PS
Side Lts
191 0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts 1
192 0729151 SP Lights, Step, P25 at Rear Tailboard, PUC, 4lts Perm Lts, Blk Trim 1
193 0760447 Light, Roof Mt, HiViz, FT-B-72-*-*, Cnt Feature, Mux 1
Control, Scene Lts - Cab Sw Panel DS and Cab Sw Panel PS
Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Black
Scene Light Optics - Flood/Spot
194 0736731 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM LED 1st 1
Location - Above DS EMS cabinet door
Qty, - 01
Control, Scene Lts - Cab Sw Panel DS, Pump Panel Sw LS and Cab Sw
Panel PS
Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Blk Opt Hold, Blk Bez, Blk Fix
195 0736729 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM LED 2nd 1
Location - Above PS EMS cabinet door
Qty, - 01
Control, Scene Lts - Cab Sw Panel DS, Pump Panel Sw LS and Cab Sw
Panel PS
Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Blk Opt Hold, Blk Bez, Blk Fix
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 61165Bid #:223
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
196 0733336 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM* LED 2nd 2
Location - PS front upper body corner and rear upper body corner
Qty, - 02
Control, Scene Lts - RS Scene Lts
Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Blk Opt Hold, Blk Bez, Blk Fix
197 0733343 Lights, HiViz FT-GESM* LED 1st 2
Location - DS front upper body corner and rear upper body corner
Qty, - 02
Control, Scene Lts - LS Scene Lts
Color, Lt Housing HiViz - Blk Opt Hold, Blk Bez, Blk Fix
198 0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other Hose Bed & Rear Lighting 1
199 0893593 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Dual LED Light Strips 1
Control, Hose Bed Lts - Cup Switch At Rear SS
200 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt. 12 Volt Lights At Rear Body 1
201 0743346 Lights, Rear Scene, HiViz FT-GSMJR-*, Surface Mt 2
Location, Lights - DS and PS rear bulkheads as high as possible
Qty, - 02
Control, Rear Scene Lts - Cab Switch Panel DS and Body Switch, DS
Rear Bulkhead SS
Color, Trim - Black Trim & Optic Holder
202 0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions 1
Color, Trim - Chrome Housing
203 0518282 Pumper, PUC, Aluminum 1
204 0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"1
205 0682617 Tank, Water, 750 Gallon, Poly, 67 LHB, PUC 1
206 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly 1
207 0028107 Not Required, Foam Cell Modification 1
208 0633066 Sleeve, Through Tank 3
Qty, Sleeve - 3
Water Tank Sleeve - Plumbing/Hydraulic Diameter - 2.50" Plumbing
209 0553725 Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty, Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export 1
210 0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill 1
211 0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve 1
212 0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist 1
213 0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute 1
214 0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump Master 1
215 0597043 Body Height, PUC/HDRP 1
Body Height - 92.00"
216 0683290 Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper, PUC, 67 LHB 1
217 0723340 Unpainted/Brush Finished, Hose Bed, 3G PUC/HDRP 1
218 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special 1
Capacity, Hosebed - Bay 1: 400' of 3"
Bay 2: 800' of 5"
Bay 3: 300' of 1.75"
Bay 4: 300' of 2"
Bay 5: 400' of 2"
219 0003488 Divider, Hose Bed, Unpainted 2
Qty, Hosebed Dividers - 2
220 0805760 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate 1
221 0807414 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl, Rear, Separate From Top, Split 2-Sec, Seat Belt 1
Color, Vinyl Cover - c) black
location - between bay 1 and bay 2
Vinyl Flap Weight - Not Weighted
Color, Strap - Red
Release, Seat Belt Buckle - Two Bars
Fastener, Rear Restraint, At Split - No Fasteners
Fastener, Rear Restraint, Bottom - Permanent Strap Footman Loop
222 0518191 Hose Tray, Poly, Removable, Hose Bed, Basic 2
Location - far right side of hose bed, bay 3 and bay 4. See job #37591
Qty, - 02
Size - Full length of hose bed and 7" wide inside tray.
Bay 3 - Build for 350' of 1.75" hose double stacked
Bay 4 - Build for 350'of 2.0" hose double stacked
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 71165Bid #:224
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
223 0097958 Shelf, Permanent, Hose Bed 1
Location - 2" above poly trays at right side of hose bed.
224 0611509 Running Boards, Flip Out, PUC 1
225 0683043 Tailboard, 12" Deep, Full Width, Angled Corners, PUC/HDRP 1
226 0690029 Wall, Rear, Body Material, PUC/HDRP 1
227 0003531 Tow Bar, Under Tailboard 1
228 0656764 Construction, Compt, Alum, Pumper, PUC 1
229 0503804 LS 189" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 52" Rr, Full Height & Depth Front & Rear, PUC 1
Width, PUC Pump Operators Panel Partition - 2.5"
230 0503803 RS 189" Rollup, (1) 62" Fwd, (1) 52" Rr, Full Height & Depth Front & Rear, PUC 1
231 0594005 Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side Compartments 6
Qty, Door Accessory - 06
Color, Roll-up Door - AMDOR Painted to Match Lower Body
Latch, Roll-up Door - Non-Locking Liftbar
232 0599445 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 33.50" FF, w/Tailboard, PUC/HDRP 1
233 0593958 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear Compartment, PUC 1
Color, Roll-up Door - AMDOR Painted to Match Lower Body
Latch, Roll-up Door - Non-Locking Liftbar
234 0611794 Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Door Color, Amdor 8
Location, Door Accessory - All body compartments and crosslay doors
Qty, - 08
235 0768509 Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-LB-12HW0** LED, Dual Lt Strip 7
Qty, - 07
236 0594766 189" Hatch, (2) Lift-up, 21" Wide, RS Only, PUC/HDRP 1
Size, Hatch Compt, Height - 22.00"
Trim, Body/Hatch Compt Seam, Horizontal - Painted Formed Aluminum
Trim, Body/Hatch Compt Seam, Vertical, PUC - Painted Extrusion
Matting, Floor, Hatch Compt - Rubber Matting
237 0732644 Handrails, (3), Hatch Step Area, Straight, Hansen Knurled Alum LED Backlit,Black 1
Switch, Handrail Light Control - With Cab Hand Rail Controls
Color, Light, Hansen Handrail - Red
238 0893291 Lights, Pump Cargo/Dunnage Forward Over Tank, Dual LED Light Strips, Each Side 1
Control, Scene Lts - Hose Bed Light Sw
239 0687145 Shelf Tracks, Recessed, PUC/3rd Generation 1
240 0600350 Shelves, Adj, 500 lb Capacity, Full Width/Depth, Predefined Locations 4
Qty, Shelf - 04
Material Finish, Shelf - Painted - Spatter Gray
Location, Shelves/Trays, Predefined - RS1-Centered Right of Partition,
RS1-Upper Third Right of Partition, LS1-Centered and LS3-Upper Third
241 0667235 Cable, Single Hand Operation, Tilt/Slide Out, Utility Trays 3
Location - Tilt-out trays in LS2 and RS2
Qty, Tray (slide-out) - 03
242 0601834 Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg, Adj, Max Width/Depth, 3G 3
Location - RS2 - Centered
LS2 - Upper Third
LS2 - as close to the floor as possible
Qty, Tray (slide-out) - 03
Finish - Painted, Compt Interior, Spatter Gray
243 0647091 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, 500lb, 2.00" Sides 2
Qty, - 02
Location, Tray Slide-Out, Floor Mounted - RS1 and LS1
Material Finish, Tray - Painted - Spatter Gray
244 0725644 Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH, Three Drawers, Up To 24" Wide, 24" Deep 1
Qty, - 01
Location - Floor of LS3
Size, Drawer Height 1 (Top) - 3.00"
Size, Drawer Height 2 - 6.75"
Size, Drawer Height 3 - 8.75"
245 0617454 Toolboard, Slide-out, Alum, .188", Peg Board, Painted, 3G, Slides Top and Bottom 2
location - RS3
Qty - 2
Mounting, Toolboard - Adjustable side-side
246 0654369 Recess, Partition, Right of Pump Opertor's Panel, PUC 1
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 81165Bid #:225
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
247 0797957 Pac Trac, Installed on Compartment Wall, Back Wall Only 1
Location - Upper wall of LS3
Qty, Comp. Accessory - 01
248 0695412 Rack, Air Bags Inside Compartment, 2-Slot 1
Location - RS1 Compartment to serve as a divider between Little Giant
and remaining compartment.
Size - Full height of compartment from floor to ceiling and 12" from left
wall. Rack will be 3" wide (outside width). Each slot will be evenly in size
vertically (27.25" tall).
Finish - Painted, Spatter Gray
249 0775959 Strap, Nylon w/Velcro Hook & Loop, 2" wide 2
Location - (1) for each air bag slot
Qty, - 02
250 0899067 Rub Rail, Black Plastic w/.50" Spacer, Body Sides, Light Cut Outs 1
251 0653982 Fender Crowns, Rear, Rubber, w/Removable Fender Liner, Pumper, 3G 1
Material Finish, Fender Liner - Painted Aluminum Lower Body
252 0519849 Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction 1
253 0759459 Handrails Located @ Front Body, Hansen Knurled Alum LED Backlit, Black 1
Switch, Handrail Light Control - With Cab Hand Rail Controls
Color, Light, Hansen Handrail - Red
254 0759458 Handrails, Rear, Hansen Tubing, Knurled Aluminum, LED Backlit, Black, PUC 1
Switch, Handrail Light Control - With Cab Hand Rail Controls
Color, Light, Hansen Handrail - Red
255 0764331 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed, Full Width,Hansen,Knurled Alum LED
Backlit,Black
1
Switch, Handrail Light Control - Park Brake
Color, Light, Hansen Handrail - Red
256 0753717 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long, Hansen Tubing, Knurled Alum LED Backlit, Black 1
Location, Handrails - DS upper rear bulkhead, left of the hose bed
Qty, Handrails - 01
Switch, Handrail Light Control - With Cab Hand Rail Controls
Color, Light, Hansen Handrail - Red
257 0816729 Compt, Extinguisher (2) Fender Panel, Triangular Door, 8"/8.5"Dia 1
Location, Bracket/comp. - RS rear of wheels
Qty, - 1
Door Finish, Fender Compt - Painted
Latch, Air Bottle Compt - Southco C2 Black Raised
Insert, Air Bottle Compt - Dura-Surf Lining
258 0657522 Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender Panel 2
Qty, Air Bottle Comp - 2
Door Finish, Fender Compt - Painted
Location, Fender Compt - Triple - LS Fwd and Triple - RS Fwd
Latch, Air Bottle Compt - Southco C2 Black Raised
Insert, Air Bottle Compt - Dura-Surf Lining
259 0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-Section 1
260 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof 1
261 0638382 Rack, Ladders, LS Full Depth Body, PUC/HDRP 1
Door, Material & Finish, Ladder Storage - smooth aluminum
Latch, Door Ladder Storage - D-Handle latch
262 0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A 1
263 0733005 Compt w/Trough, Folding Ladder, In Upper Body, LS 1
Door, Material & Finish, Storage - Smooth Aluminum
Latch, Door, Storage - Southco C2 Black Raised
Hinge Location - Outboard
264 0802284 Little Giant/Werner Ladder Storage, Vertical In Compartment 1
Ladder, Make/Model - Little Giant Revolution 2.0 Model 17
Location Within Compartment - left of the air bag rack partition
Location, Compartment, Predefined - RS1
265 0816920 Pike Pole, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA/ULC 2024 2
Qty, - 02
Pike Pole Make/Model - Fire Hooks Unlimited 8' Roof Hook
266 0816918 Pike Pole, 6', Provided by Fire Department, NFPA/ULC 2024 2
Qty, - 02
Pike Pole Make/Model - Fire Hooks Unlimited New York Roof Hook, RH-6
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 91165Bid #:226
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
267 0732992 Tube, Pike Pole 6', In Upper Body Long Tool Storage Compt 2
Qty, Pike Poles - 2
Location, Left Side, Right Side - Left Side
Material/Finish, Tube, Pike Pole - Aluminum
Width, Notch, Pike Pole Tube - 1.38", NY Notch
268 0768409 Compt, Long Tools, Thru Body Compts, Right Side 1
Dimensions - 14" wide
Door, Material & Finish, Storage - Smooth Aluminum
Latch, Door, Storage - Southco C2 Black Raised
Hinge Location - Outboard
269 0521734 No Steps Required, Front Of Body, PUC 1
270 0724124 Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED, Trident, Black Powder Coat, PUC/HDRP 1
Coating, Step - black
271 0724149 Step, Folding - Extra, Body Only, w/LED, Trident, Black Powder Coat 2
Qty, Folding Step - 02
Location, Additional Step - DS rear bulkhead to access upper long tool
storage
Coating, Step - black
272 0515692 Pump Operators Panel, 31", Control Zone, PUC 1
273 0520016 Not Required, Pumphouse Structure, PUC 1
274 0889383 Pump, Pierce, 2000 GPM, Single Stage, PUC-NG 1
275 0515822 Seal, Mechanical, Silicon Carbide, PUC Pump 1
276 0889382 Gear Case, Integrated Pump Transmission, PUC-NG, Paccar 1
277 0721196 Pumping Mode, Pump and Roll/Stationary, Basic, MUX, PUC 1
278 0515829 Pump Shift, Sure-Shift 1
279 0515833 Transmission Lock-up, Not Req'd, Park to Neutral, Pump, PUC 1
280 0515835 Auxiliary Cooling System, PUC 1
281 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single Stage Pump 1
282 0746508 Valve(s), Relief Intake, Trident Air Max, Control Location 1
Qty - 1
Pressure Setting - 125 psig
Intake Relief Valve Control - Left Side Pump Panel
283 0724463 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD , PUC 1
Pressure Governor Throttle Control - Clockwise
Pressure Governor Default Mode - No Mode/Default Press Setting
284 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 1
285 0780359 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic Copies, Pierce PUC Pump 1
286 0602496 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose, Single Stage Pump, PUC 1
287 0089437 Plumbing Without Foam System 1
288 0517852 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250-2000 GPM, Pierce PUC Pump 1
289 0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All 1
290 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle, NST, VLH 1
291 0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All 1
292 0520002 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl, PUC 1
Qty, Inlets - 1
293 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve 1
294 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"1
295 0029147 Not Required, Inlet, Right Side 1
296 0521137 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets, PUC 1
297 0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested 1
298 0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required 1
299 0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet 1
300 0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required on Rear Inlet 1
301 0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested 1
302 0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet, "T" Swing Handle 1
303 0520277 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 4.00" Plumbing, PUC 1
304 0595508 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50", PUC 1
305 0766941 Control, Outlets, Swing Handle, Elec Right Outlets Akron 9335 w/Press Disp, PUC 1
306 0516755 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50" (2), PUC 1
307 0055095 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 2.50"1
308 0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side Additional 1
309 0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side Outlets, Additional 1
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 101165Bid #:227
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
310 0766761 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50", (1), Electric Akron 9335 Controller, PUC 1
Qty, Discharges - 01
311 0021134 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 2.50"1
312 0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side Additional 1
313 0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side Outlets, Additional 1
314 0818640 Outlet, Large Diameter, Right Side, Akron Valve, PUC 1
Outlet, Large Diameter, Plumbing - 4.00"
Outlet, Large Diameter, NST Adapter - 4.00" MNST
Outlet, Large Diameter, Valve Actuation - PUC Akron 9335 w/PSI
315 0699320 Adapter, 4.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz, w/Cap and Chain, PUC 1
Qty, - 1
316 0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing 1
Fitting, Outlet - 1.50" NST with 90 degree swivel
Drain, Front Outlet - Automatic
Location, Front, Single - in center bumper tray
317 0516777 Outlet, Rear, 2.50", (1), Thru Tank, PUC 1
Qty, Discharges - 01
Location, Outlet - b) left side
318 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH 1
319 0516782 Outlet, Rear, 2.50" w/2.50" Plumbing, Thru Tank, PUC, Additional 2
Qty, Discharges - 02
Location, Outlet - g) two (2) right side
320 0536635 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH, PUC, Additional 2
Qty, Discharges - 02
321 0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00" Discharges/Inlets, Chain 1
322 0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T" Swing Handle 1
323 0753335 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/2.50" Valve, Dual Control, LG HW's, PUC 1
324 0770359 No Monitor Requested, Customer/Dealer Furnished and Installed 1
Fill in Blank - TFT Crossfire
325 0029304 No Nozzle Req'd 1
326 0005070 Deluge Mount, NPT 1
327 0750982 Crosslay Module, Full Width, Roll Up Doors, PUC 1
328 0750897 Doors, Crosslay, Roll-up Amdor, Each End, Full Height, PUC 1
Color, Roll-up Door - Paint to Match Rear Body Paint Break
Latch, Roll-up Door - Non-Locking Liftbar
Drip Pan - Drip Pan Required
329 0747660 Lights, Crosslay Compt, Forward LED, 2Lts 1
330 0737370 Crosslays, (1) 2.50", W/Poly Trays, PUC 1
Crosslay/Deadlay/Speedlay Capacity 1 - 200' of 3" DJ Hose
331 0749435 Crosslays, (2) 1.50", W/Poly Trays, PUC 1
Crosslay/Deadlay/Speedlay Capacity 1 - 200' of 1.75" double jacket hose
332 0729571 Tube, Aluminum, Pike Pole, Special Ny Style Notch, Upper Crosslay Module, PUC 2
Qty, Pike Pole Tubes - 02
Location, Tube - (1) deployed out DS and (1) deployed out PS
333 0653355 Reel, Booster, Steel, Rear Tailboard Compartment, PUC/HDRP 1
Finish, Reel - Painted Gray
334 0005279 Switch, Reel Rewind - One at Reel 1
335 0005300 Hose, Booster - 150' of 1.00"/800 PSI 1
336 0005244 Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of 1"1
337 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd 1
338 0044333 Not Required, Foam System 1
339 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor 1
340 0552517 Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank 1
341 0042573 Not Required, Foam System Demonstration 1
342 0045465 Not Required, Foam Tanks 1
343 0091110 Not Required, Foam Tank Drain 1
344 0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 1
345 0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain 1
346 0738072 Approval Dwg, Pump Panel(s), Not Required 1
347 0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control Zone 1
348 0686774 Material, Pump Panels, Operators Black UL-LX, Sides Black UL-LX, PUC 1
349 0516978 Pump and Plumbing Access, Simple Tilt Service, PUC 1
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 111165Bid #:228
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
350 0618458 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White, PUC 1
Qty, - 01
351 0516983 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pressure Controller, PUC 1
352 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press Controller 1
353 0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green 1
354 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 1
355 0511078 Gauges, 4.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0-600psi 1
356 0511100 Gauge, 2.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-0-400psi 1
357 0750526 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, Lt Driver 1
358 0604028 Water Level Gauge, FRC, MaxVision WLA280-A00 Programmable Remote Display 2
Location - Each side of cab behind crew doors up high
Qty, - 02
Activation, Water Level G - b) battery switched
359 0006774 Not Required, Foam Level Gauge 1
360 0653081 Light, Pump Operator & Panel, Side Ctrl, PUC, 60354C LED Cab & LED OH Chr
Cvr
1
361 0828301 SP Air Horn, (2) Hadley, 6" Round, 21.00", eTone, Black, In Bumper 1
362 0606834 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos #2 & #6)1
363 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select 1
364 0757077 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, LS 1
Lanyard - Link Chain, Vinyl Tubing
365 0757076 Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS 1
Lanyard - Link Chain, Vinyl Tubing
366 0525667 Siren, Wln 295SLSA1, 100 or 200 Watt 1
367 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed Overhead In Console 1
Location, Elec Siren - Overhead, DS Center Sw Pnl
368 0748306 Control, Elec Siren, Multi Select 1
369 0748287 Control, Elec Siren, Rocker/Membrane Sw, RS 1
370 0805709 Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring, Interlock 1
Control, Interlocks - Prk Brk Released
371 0783670 Speaker, (2) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce Black Painted Grille, 100 watt 1
Connection, Speaker - siren head
372 0601559 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper, Recessed, Each Side, Inside Frame (Pos 3 & 5)1
373 0895310 Siren, Federal Q2B 1
Finish, Q2B Siren - Black Chrome
374 0006095 Siren, Mechanical, Mounted Above Deckplate 1
Location, Siren, Mech - a) Left
375 0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select 1
376 0748282 Control, Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS 1
377 0729537 Control Mech Siren, Rocker Momentary On, Brake RS 1
378 0737437 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red, Pnl 9, Saber FR/Enf 1
379 0734674 Sw, Siren Brake, Mom Rocker, Red Outline, RS Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux 1
380 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights Intensity 1
381 0807805 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-D, 72", RRRRWRRROptRRRWRRRR 1
Opticom Priority - b) High
Opticom Activation - Cab Switch & E-Master
Momentary Opticom Activation - DS Switch
Filter, Whl Freedom Ltbrs - No Filters
382 0016380 No Additional Lights Req'd, Side Zone Upper 1
383 0734071 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6** M6** M6** LED, Q Bzl, 4lts 1
Color, Lens, LED's - Clear
Color, Lt DS Frnt Outside - Left Red
Color, Lt PS Frnt Outside - Right Red
Color, Lt DS Front Inside - Left Red
Color, Lt PS Front Inside - Right Red
Color, Q Bezel and Trim - Black
384 0826917 Light, Front, Roto Ray 4000W, PAR46 LED, 2-R, 1-W,Hdn Mt Tp Sct Grl
Blk,VoidWrnt
1
385 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating 1
Headlt flash deactivation - a)w/high beam
386 0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6Lts 1
Location, Lights Front Side - b)each side bumper
Color, Lens, LED's - Clear
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 121165Bid #:229
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
386 Location, Lights Mid Side - Rearward of Crew Cab Doors
Location, Lights Rear Side - Over Rear Wheels
Color, Trim - Black Trim
Color, Lt Side Front, DS - Red
Color, Lt Side Front, PS - Red
Color, Lt Side Mid DS - Red
Color, Lt Side Mid PS - Red
Color, Lt Side Rear PS - Red
Color, Lt Side Rear DS - Red
387 0896616 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Weldon 8401-0000-20 Strip Light 1
Control, Door Int Flash - Ignition Switch
Location, Light, Door Int Flash - Over Window
388 0815847 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All Cabs, Weatherproof 1
389 0827630 Lights, Side, Wln WION* LED, Recessed in Cab Steps, 4lts 1
Control, Light - b) side warning
Color, Lt Side Front, DS - Left Red SB
Color, Lt Side Front, PS - Right Red SB
Color, Lt Side Rear PS - Right Red SB
Color, Lt Side Rear DS - Left Red SB
390 0745867 Lights, Side, Wln M9** LED, Trm Fet 1st 2
Location, Lights - DS and PS front upper body corners
Qty, - 02
Color, Lights, Warning - Green
Control, Light - b) side warning
Color, Lens, LED's - Clear
Color, Trim - Black Trim
391 0804023 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSM** LED, Mounted Behind Poly Rub Rail, 1st 4
Location, Lights - Centered below LS1, LS3, RS1, RS3
Qty, - 04
Color, Lights, Warning - gla) red
Control, Light - b) side warning
Color, Trim - Black Trim
392 0894842 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, For Tail Lt Housings 1
Color, Lens, LED's - Clear
Color, Lt DS Rear - r) DS Rear Lt Red
Color, Lt PS Rear - r) PS Rear Lt Red
393 0747386 Lights, Rear, Wln 6RB** LED, Features 1st 2
Location - DS and PS rear bulkheads below M9 warning lights
Color, Light - ae) red
Qty, - 02
Control, Light - a) rear upper warning
Color, Lens, LED's - c)clear
Color, Trim - Black Trim
394 0725515 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M9*C LED, Clear Lens, Flange Kit, 4lts 1
Flange Kit - Black
Color, Lt, Side Rear Upper DS - Side Rear Upper Red
Color, Lt, Side Rear Upper PS - Side Rear Upper Red
Color, Lt, Rear Upper DS - r) DS Rear Upper Red
Color, Lt, Rear Upper PS - r) PS Upper Rear Red
395 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper Zone Blocking 1
396 0590000 No Hose Bed Warn Lts Brkts Required, Lts On Hatch/Body Compts,PUC 1
397 0751112 Lights, Traffic Directing, Wln TLIA Amber LED, 8 Lts, TACTL5 1
Activation, Traffic Dir L - Aux Flash with Emergency Master
Color, Trim - Black Trim
398 0791018 Location, TDL, Surface Mounted, Hose Bed Cover Rear Flange 1
399 0530288 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller, Overhead Recessed Console, above Eng Tnl DS 1
400 0772909 Light Twr, W-B Chf NS2.3-600 WHL, 4-P*H2, 12VDC Lts Cld 7.5'1
Color, Tower, Wlb - White Paint
Scene Light Optics - Flood/Spot
401 0664471 Location, Light Tower, Cargo Area 1
402 0617750 Controller, Lt Twr, W-B, Wired Hndhld, E-STOP Chf, Chf Pr, Pow Pr 1
403 0782222 Location, Light Tower Controller, PUC Pump Panel Area, Recess Rear Wall 1
404 0779707 Receptacle Strip, 20A 120V 6-Place, Interior Body 1
Qty, - 01
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 131165Bid #:230
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
404 Location 1 - RS1 on right wall centered from floor to ceiling
AC Power Source - Shoreline to Inverter Internal Transfer Sw
405 0783678 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr, NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st 2
Location, Receptacles - Interior on inboard wall, up high of LS/RS rear
facing EMS cabinets
Qty, - 02
AC Power Source - Shoreline to Inverter Internal Transfer Sw
Cover, Receptacle - Interior SS Wall Plate(s)
406 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool System 1
407 0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic Tool System 1
408 0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment, Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by Fire Dept 1
409 0816941 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire Department, NFPA/ULC 2024 1
410 0027023 No Strainer Required 1
411 0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA 2024, Provided by Fire Department 1
412 0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by Fire Dept 1
413 0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire Department 1
414 0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire Department 1
415 0741569 Paint Process / Environmental Requirements, Appleton 1
416 0709566 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer 1
Paint Color, Upper Area, Predefined - #101 Black
Shield, Cab - Standard Shield
Paint Color, Lower Area, Predefined - #90 Red
Paint Break, Cab - Standard Two-Tone Cab Break
417 0709833 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Body 1
Paint Break, Body - Above Body Compt Doors
Paint, Lower Body - Match Cab Lower
Paint, Upper Body - Match Cab Upper
418 0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With Liner, E-Coat, Standard 1
Paint Color, Frame Assembly, Predefined - Standard Black
419 0693798 Paint, Front Wheels 1
Paint, Wheels - Black #101
420 0693793 Paint, Rear Wheels, Single Axle 1
Paint, Wheels - Black #101
421 0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs 1
Paint, Axle Hub - Lower Job Color
422 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray 1
423 0544129 Reflective Band, 1"-6"-1"1
Color, Reflect Band - A - e) black
Color, Reflect Band - B - p) black
Color, Reflect Band - C - za) black
424 0007356 Reflective across Cab Face 1
425 0820076 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Reflective, NFPA/ULC 2024, Pumper, PUC 1
Color, Reflect Band - A - e) black
Color, Reflect Band - B - n) ruby red
426 0073811 Folded "Z" Ribbon in Reflective Stripe, Pair 1
Location - LS3 and RS3
Qty, - 1
427 0609444 SP Stripe, Sign Gold Outline Above Reflective Band 1
428 0512024 Stripe, Reflective, Chevron/Inverted "V", On Front Bumper 1
Color, Reflect Band - A - c) ruby red
Size, Chevron Striping - 06
Color, Reflect Chev - A - e) black
429 0509398 Stripe, Reflective, Chevron, Cab and Crew Cab Doors Interior 1
Color, Reflect Band - B - n) ruby red
Size, Chevron Striping - 06
Color, Reflect Chev - A - e) black
430 0679822 Stripe, Sign Gold, Two-Tone Paint Break with Shield, IPO Chrome Molding 1
431 0594559 Lettering Specifications, (Sign Gold Process)1
432 0685931 Lettering, Sign Gold, 3.00", (61-80)1
Outline, Lettering - Outline
433 0685744 Lettering, Sign Gold, 10.00", (1-20)1
Outline, Lettering - Outline
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 141165Bid #:231
Line Option Type Option Description Qty
434 0685798 Lettering, Sign Gold, 6.00", (1-20)1
Outline, Lettering - Outline
435 0685817 Lettering, Sign Gold, 4.00", Each 8
Qty, Lettering - 08
Outline, Lettering - Outline
436 0695610 Emblem, Reflective, Per Dept. Submittal, Each 5
Qty, - 05
Location, Emblem - Crew doors, EMS compt. doors, and rear roll up door
Size, Dept Seal, Reflect - 14" - 16"
437 0769755 Emblem, Texas Flag Painted on Cab Grille, All Custom Chassis 1
438 0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB Flash Drive, Custom 1
Qty, - 01
439 0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash Drive, Custom 1
Qty, - 01
440 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB Flash Drive, Custom 1
441 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0008 1
442 0735523 Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5 Year, WA0386 1
443 0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard M110, 3 Year WA0201 1
444 0596017 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom Chassis, WA0013 1
445 0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4, WA0050 1
446 0610485 Warranty, Axle, Eaton/Dana, 5 Year/100,000 Mile, Parts and Labor 1
447 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232 1
448 0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom Cab, WA0012 1
449 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-Rate, WA0055 1
450 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX, WA0014 1
451 0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System, WA0188 1
452 0708760 Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip Lights 1
453 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission, Standard Custom, WA0187 1
454 0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler, WA0216 1
455 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF, Poly Tank, WA0195 1
456 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body, WA0009 1
457 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10 Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185 1
458 0889364 Warranty, Pump, Pierce, PUC-NG, 7 Year Parts, 1 Year Labor, WA0390 1
459 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing, WA0035 1
460 0641372 Warranty, Foam System, Not Available 1
461 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-Rate, WA0057 1
462 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1 Year, Apparatus, WA0168 1
463 0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability, CD0196 1
464 0808565 Certification, Engine Installation, Enf, Paccar MX, 2027 1
465 0686786 Certification, Power Steering, CD0098 1
466 0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0189 1
467 0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137 1
468 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0132 1
469 0631974 Certification, Electric Window Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0133 1
470 0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0134 1
471 0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175
1
472 0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current Edition 1
473 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance 1
474 0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO 1
475 0000048 PUMPER/TANKER, 3rd Gen 1
476 0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS 1
477 0735525 PACCAR MX13 ENGINE 1
478 0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION 1
479 0520324 PIERCE PUMP, PUC 1
480 0020009 POLY TANK 1
481 0028047 NO FOAM SYSTEM 1
482 0020006 SIDE CONTROL 1
483 0020007 AKRON VALVES 1
484 0020015 ABS SYSTEM 1
485 0658751 PUMPER BASE 1
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 151165Bid #:232
12/17/2024 11:59 AM Page 161165Bid #:233
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Customer Info:
Westlake Fire Dept., Town of
1500 Solana Blvd.
Suite 7200
Roanoke, TX, 76262
USA
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Taken By: Tyler Ramsey
Expiration Date: 01/09/2025
Page 1 of 9
Item #Description Quantity / Unit Unit Price Amount
254735 SENSIT COMBUSITBLE GAS
INDICATOR 50,000 PPM
1.00 / EA 1,005.00 1,005.00
SENSIT
254735 HONEYWELL Multi-Gas
Detector: IP65, HONEYWELL
RAE Systems MinRAE Lite,
Lithium Ion, CO/H2S/O2, LCD
1.00 / EA 2,790.00 2,790.00
MULTIRAE
254735 ROTHCO BINOCULARS
10X55MM
1.00 / EA 75.00 75.00
RTH-10266
182615 SURVIVOR 120V/100V AC/12V
DC ORANGE
4.00 / EA 143.00 572.00
SLI-90503
002943 E-FLOOD LITEBOX VEHICLE
MOUNT SYSTEM 12V DC
w/SHOULDER STRAP & DIRECT
WIRE RACK ORANGE
2.00 / EA 230.00 460.00
SLI-45805
252826 FIREPRO 300 THERMAL
IMAGING CAMERA
4.00 / EA 999.00 3,996.00
MES-FQ-AAAX
254735 Seek FirePRO Retractor 4.00 / EA 40.00 160.00
MES-RR-CAA
254518 ATTACKPRO+ (NFPA) CAMERA
(2) BATTERIES (1) DESKTOP
BATTERY CHARGER
1.00 / EA 3,999.00 3,999.00
MES-FQ-PANX-SEEK
154754 6# FLATHEAD AXE HICKORY
HANDLE
1.00 / EA 72.50 72.50
FHU-WA-6
254735 Fire Maul Reaper, 32"
composite handle, red
1.00 / EA 220.00 220.00
FIRE MAUL
154702 30" PRO BAR FORCIBLE ENTRY
HALLIGAN TYPE BAR
1.00 / EA 285.00 285.00
FHU-PB-30
234
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Page 2 of 9 For complete terms and conditions please visit our
website :
https://www.siddons-martin.com
Link
154722 10# SLEDGEHAMMER
FIBERGLASS-HANDLE 32”-
OVERALL 34”
1.00 / EA 56.25 56.25
FHU-SHF-10
254735 Fire Maul, 32" composite
handle, black
1.00 / EA 220.00 220.00
Fire Maul
154583 24" BOLT CUTTERS 1.00 / EA 82.50 82.50
FHU-BC-24
084300 51" PRY BAR 1.00 / EA 65.78 65.78
3FE95
154714 6' NY ROOF HOOK FIBERGLASS
POLL
1.00 / EA 135.00 135.00
FHU-RH-6
166643 LOCKWOOD HOOK OAL 6’ FLAT
BLACK w/CHISEL END
1.00 / EA 156.55 156.55
LHT-LWHB-6
154720 8' NY ROOF HOOK STEEL 1.00 / EA 145.50 145.50
FHU-RH-8
154709 10' NY ROOF HOOK STEEL 1.00 / EA 169.50 169.50
FHU-RH-10
254735 FHU 4' COLORADO HOOK 1.00 / EA 172.50 172.50
COLORADO HOOK-4
154651 K-TOOL LEATHER POUCH TWO
LOCK TOOLS KEYS SHOVE
KNIFE & INSTRUCTIONS ON
THROUGH THE LOCK
METHODS
1.00 / EA 180.00 180.00
FHU-KTKIT
069659 18" RIGID ALUMINUM PIPE
WRENCH
1.00 / EA 105.00 105.00
31100
254735 GRAINGER 36" WATER KEY 1.00 / EA 17.00 17.00
34A511
191518 BIG EASY GLO DELUXE KIT
LOCK OUT
1.00 / EA 102.00 102.00
WIT-32955DLX
235
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Page 3 of 9 For complete terms and conditions please visit our
website :
https://www.siddons-martin.com
Link
167326 LS-PIG-33-B-NOTCHED 1.00 / EA 217.00 217.00
LS-PIG-33-B-NOTCHED
167332 LS-PLET-B 1.00 / EA 210.00 210.00
LS-PLET-B
241473 HAND HELD HOSE ROLLER 1.00 / EA 217.00 217.00
TFT-A3820
242559 ADJ HYDRANT WRENCH DBL
HEAD SPANNER -FG-
3.00 / EA 52.00 156.00
KOC-K05-P18
159305 (4) HSSW-101 SPANNERS
w/HOLDER
3.00 / EA 152.00 456.00
HAR-HSSW-401
159304 2.5" - 5" SINGLE END SPANNER 2.00 / EA 37.00 74.00
HAR-HSSW-101
246989 2 WRENCH HOLDER BRACKET
ONLY ZINC
3.00 / EA 59.00 177.00
SPC-WH7601-2
254735 ZICO SCBA BRACKET 1.00 / EA 90.00 90.00
ZIA-UN-6-30-3-SF-CRS
254735 COLLIION RESTRAINT STRAP 1.00 / EA 73.00 73.00
ZIA-CRS
254735 .5" TOOL CLIP 1.00 / EA 27.00 27.00
ZIA-CL .50
186504 BLIND CAP 5" STORZ
w/LANYARD STORZ LOCK NOT
INCLUDED
1.00 / EA 130.00 130.00
TFT-A01ST
186503 BLIND CAP 4" STORZ
w/LANYARD STORZ LOCK NOT
INCLUDED
1.00 / EA 103.00 103.00
TFT-A01SP
236
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Page 4 of 9 For complete terms and conditions please visit our
website :
https://www.siddons-martin.com
Link
135605 ADAPTER 2.5" NHM x 2.5"
NHM RIGID MALE TO RIGID
MALE
1.00 / EA 44.00 44.00
TFT-AA6NJ-NJ
135601 ADAPTER 2.5" NHF x 1.5" NHM
RIGID FEMALE ROCKER LUG TO
RIGID MALE
1.00 / EA 47.00 47.00
TFT-AA5NJ-NF
134877 ADAPTER 1.5" NHF x 1.5" NHF
SWIVEL ROCKER LUG TO
SWIVEL ROCKER LUG
1.00 / EA 70.00 70.00
TFT-AA7NF-NF
186512 HYDRANT ADAPTER 4.5" NHF x
5" STORZ w/5.0" STORZ BLIND
CAP & LANYARD
1.00 / EA 291.00 291.00
TFT-A04NR-ST
186511 HYDRANT ADAPTER 4" NHF x
5" STORZ w/5" STORZ BLIND
CAP & LANYARD
1.00 / EA 437.00 437.00
TFT-A04NP-ST
165883 5" STZ w/LOCK x 4" STZ
w/LOCK -FG-
1.00 / EA 233.00 233.00
KOC-S60S54-H52
241580 ADAPTER 2.5" NHF x 2.5" NHF
SWIVEL ROCKER LUG TO
SWIVEL ROCKER LUG
1.00 / EA 78.00 78.00
TFT-AA7NJ-NJ
241566 ADAPTER 1.5"NHM x 1.5"NHM
RIGID MALE TO RIGID MALE
1.00 / EA 43.00 43.00
TFT-AA6NF-NF
135601 ADAPTER 2.5" NHF x 1.5" NHM
RIGID FEMALE ROCKER LUG TO
1.00 / EA 47.00 47.00
237
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Page 5 of 9 For complete terms and conditions please visit our
website :
https://www.siddons-martin.com
Link
RIGID MALE
TFT-AA5NJ-NF
254735 ELBOW, 2.5" NH F X 2.5" NH M 1.00 / EA 236.00 236.00
TFT-AH5NJ-NJ
151863 STANDPIPE BAG KIT 1.00 / EA 1,430.00 1,430.00
ELK-80035001
154595 CONNECTION MALLET 1.00 / EA 23.00 23.00
FHU-CM-2
187109 HE BLITZFIRE COMBO PKG
2.5"NH MONITOR/
BRACKET/MAX-FORCE/3-
STACK
1.00 / EA 4,581.00 4,581.00
TFT-XXC-52-HENH1
151587 GATED WYE B-97-A 2.5"FNH x
(2)2.5"MNH ELK O LITE
1.00 / EA 1,488.00 1,488.00
ELK-00302111
168230 40V MAX XGT 18" CHAINSAW
KIT w/ (1) 5.0 AH BATTERY
RAPID CHARGER 18" GUIDE
BAR & 18" CHAIN
1.00 / EA 612.00 612.00
MAK-GCU04T1
168236 40V MAX (x2) XGT 14' POWER
CUTTER KIT w/ (4) BATTERIES
(1) RAPID CHARGER SOCKET
WRENCH & CUTT OFF WHEEL
1.00 / EA 2,602.00 2,602.00
MAK-GEC01PL4
168249 40V MAX XGT RECIPRO SAW
TOOL ONLY (NO BATTERY OR
CHARGER)
1.00 / EA 238.00 238.00
MAK-GRJ01Z
168258 40V MAX XGT 4PC COMBO KIT
GPH01Z GDT01Z GSH01
ML001G (1) 2.5AH BATTERY (1)
4.0AH BATTERY CHARGER &
TOOL BAG
1.00 / EA 754.00 754.00
MAK-GT400M1D1
238
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Page 6 of 9 For complete terms and conditions please visit our
website :
https://www.siddons-martin.com
Link
185198 20" PPV, 2x8Ah 2x AC
Chargers, Shore Power,
MAKITA
1.00 / EA 6,659.00 6,659.00
SVI-V20-BK-08-SP
168214 18V X2 LXT LED WORK LIGHT
(LIGHT ONLY)
1.00 / EA 304.00 304.00
MAK-DML809
168216 MAKITA 18V LXT TOWER
WORK/MULTI-DIRECTIONAL
LIGHT (LIGHT ONLY)
1.00 / EA 416.00 416.00
MAK-DML814
159320 LDH Hose Clamp, HASBRA, 5"1.00 / EA 902.00 902.00
HAS-HB228-5
159321 Bracket, 5" Hasbra hose clamp 1.00 / EA 105.00 105.00
HAS-HB228A-5
148912 DBAK-800, 1.75" X 50 w/ALUM
COUP, RED
9.00 / EA 309.00 2,781.00
NAFH-DK175X50REN
254735 D-BAK 800, 2" W/ 2.5"
COUPLINGS BLUE, 50FT
18.00 / EA 534.00 9,612.00
NAFH-DK2X50B25EN
170727 HOSE DURA BUILT 800, 50FT,
YELLOW
11.00 / EA 443.00 4,873.00
NAFH-DB3X50YEN
170745 HOSE,HI-FLOW 400 LDH, 5" X
25, STORZ
1.00 / EA 535.00 535.00
NAFH-HF5X25YRS
170764 HOSE, HI-FLOW 400 LDH, 5" X
50, STORZ
1.00 / EA 793.00 793.00
NAFH-HF5X50YRS
170743 NORTH AMERICAN,HI-FLOW
400 LDH, 5" X 100, STORZ
8.00 / EA 1,197.00 9,576.00
NAFH-HF5X100YRS
186995 EDUCTOR 95 GPM 1.5"F x
1.5"M w/36" HOSE .25% .5%
1% 3% 6%
1.00 / EA 770.00 770.00
TFT-UE-095-NF
239
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Page 7 of 9 For complete terms and conditions please visit our
website :
https://www.siddons-martin.com
Link
151587 GATED WYE B-97-A 2.5"FNH x
(2)2.5"MNH ELK O LITE
1.00 / EA 1,488.00 1,488.00
ELK-00302111
151533 XD SMOOTH BORE TIP SHORT
BARREL 1.5" FNH INLET 7/8"
DISCHARGE RED
1.00 / EA 110.00 110.00
ELK-000187XD-0103
151599 XD SHUTOFF 1 3/8”
WATERWAY 1.5” FNH INLET
1.5"MNH OUTLET NO PISTOL
GRIP RED
1.00 / EA 412.00 412.00
0033XD0F-0101000200
254735 ELKHART 1” TIP RED SHORT 4.00 / EA 110.00 440.00
ELK-000187XD-0303
151652 XD SHUTOFF 1 3/8”
WATERWAY 2.5”FNH INLET
1.5”MNH NO PISTOL GRIP RED
4.00 / EA 540.00 2,160.00
0069XD0F-0101000200
254735 CHIEF XD 150 GPM @ 75PSI
RED
1.00 / EA 841.00 841.00
04XD0F57-0201020202B
151587 GATED WYE B-97-A 2.5"FNH x
(2)2.5"MNH ELK O LITE
1.00 / EA 1,488.00 1,488.00
ELK-00302111
150187 FOLDING LADDER 10' (SAFETY
SHOES ARE STD)
1.00 / EA 362.00 362.00
DUO-585-A-10
150195 ROOF LADDER 14' 2 3/4" RAIL 1.00 / EA 502.00 502.00
DUO-775-A-14
150205 2 SECTION EXTENSION LADDER
24' 3-1/4" RAIL
1.00 / EA 1,075.00 1,075.00
DUO-900-A-24
254735 LITTLE GIANT 12017 1.00 / EA 855.00 855.00
LITTLE GIANT
154728 27" SCOOP SHOVEL
w/DHANDLE
2.00 / EA 60.00 120.00
FHU-SHV-S27
240
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Page 8 of 9 For complete terms and conditions please visit our
website :
https://www.siddons-martin.com
Link
154725 55” FLAT SHOVEL 1.00 / EA 57.00 57.00
FHU-SHV-F55
154727 55” POINTED SHOVEL 1.00 / EA 60.00 60.00
FHU-SHV-P55
150138 28" CONE 5 PACK w/STORAGE
BAG
1.00 / EA 158.96 158.96
DTC-CC5B
004790 AMEREX 2.5 GAL WATER FIRE
EXTINGUISHER w/WALL
HANGER
1.00 / EA 163.22 163.22
BKS-AX240
140237 AMEREX 15LB CO2 FIRE
EXTINGUISHER w/WALL
HANGER 10B:C
1.00 / EA 348.55 348.55
BKS-AX331
140241 AMEREX 20LB ABC FIRE
EXTINGUISHER w/WALL
HANGER 10A:120B:C
1.00 / EA 180.23 180.23
BKS-AX411
254735 12x14 HD Tarp 1.00 / EA 72.99 72.99
B0BG8FPQ6D
254735 12x18 HD Tarp 1.00 / EA 65.99 65.99
B0CMXLL6CJ
173908 SFP-4578-YF 1.00 / EA 15.82 15.82
SFP-4578-YF
254735 Job Site 24 in. Smooth Surface
Push Broom
1.00 / EA 38.55 38.55
863JSHDSU
178275 R&B LARGE HYDRANT TOOL
BAG YELLOW
1.00 / EA 89.90 89.90
RB-439YL
254735 RTS Tactical XR32 Level IV
Premium Active Shooter Kit
4.00 / EA 827.99 3,311.96
MISC-700
254735 The BattlePAK TraumaPAK 1.00 / EA 2,499.99 2,499.99
MISC-700
241
Siddons-Martin Emergency Group
3500 Shelby Lane
Denton, TX, 76207
USA
Phone: (940) 315-4948
ESTIMATE
DO NOT PAY
Document Info:
Quote #: 700-0021515
Page 9 of 9 For complete terms and conditions please visit our
website :
https://www.siddons-martin.com
Link
246364 TEAM WENDY ADVENTURER
HELMET RED (FORMERLY SAR
BACKCOUNTRY)
4.00 / EA 357.08 1,428.32
TWH-82N-RD
254735 Spec Ops DELTA Gen II Ballistic
Helmet
4.00 / EA 999.99 3,999.96
MISC-700
257620 BASIC VEHICLE & STRUCTURAL
SHORING PNEUMATIC SET VS-
PS1
1.00 / EA 10,925.75 10,925.75
HOL-151.004.155
161385 HDC 12 CONTROL PANEL 1.00 / EA 1,575.11 1,575.11
HOL-350.182.095
242471 ACS 12 HIGH PRESS HLB 12
BAR PKG (CGA 347/4500)
1.00 / EA 2,465.78 2,465.78
HOL-159.000.070
161394 HLB31 LIFTING BAG 31 TON 12
BAR 23.9X20.9X1.1
2.00 / EA 1,798.00 3,596.00
HOL-350.321.028
254735 BUILDOUT ESTIMATE (POLY,
MOUNTING, ETC)
1.00 / EA 15,000.00 15,000.00
BUILDOUT
254735 INFLATION ESTIMATE 1.00 / EA 13,893.53 13,893.53
INFLATION ESTIMATE
300056 FREIGHT 1.00 / EA 750.00 750.00
FREIGHT
Total of All Services
Labor total $0.00 Shop supplies $15.82
Parts total $137,536.87 Sublet total $0.00
Freight total $ 750.00 Core charges $0.00
Sales tax $0.00
Total: $138,302.69242
243
Westlake Fire-EMS Department
Introduction and Background Significance
244
Who We Are
Values Focused
& Intellectually
Driven
Leader of
Character
Culture
High
expectations –
hiring,
onboarding,
promotion
standards
Highly educated
workforce –over
75% of staff have
a Bachelors
degree and all the
Administration
staff have a
Masters degree
Performance
measures for
Operations,
Training, & Risk
Reduction
245
Organizational Chart
•Minimum Operations daily staffing
•Engine
•2 personnel
•Ambulance (MICU)
•2 personnel
246
Divisions
Administration
•Payroll, Invoicing,
Budget Monitoring &
Preparation, Human
Resource Mgmt.,
Mental Health Support
Operations
•Emergency and Non-
Emergency
Responses, Training,
Program Mgmt.
Risk Reduction
•Fire Inspection and
Testing, Plan Review,
Fire Investigations,
Arson Investigations,
Public Education
Emergency
Management
•Maintain and Support
Town and Academy
Emergency Operation
Plans (EOP)
•Monitor Threats to the
Town (e.g., severe
weather)
•Maintain and Activate
Outdoor Weather
Sirens (OWS)
•Provide EOP Training
(e.g., drills, exercises,
tabletops, etc.)
247
What We Do -Scope of Services
•Fires –Structural and Non-structural
•Emergency Medical Services
•Social Services
•Active Shooter/Hostile Event Response (ASHER)
•Risk Reduction –Inspection, Education, Enforcement, and Code Development
•Fire Investigation –Arson, Cause/Origin, Intelligence, Prosecution
•Terrorist Acts –Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, and Explosives
•Hazardous Materials Response
•Technical Rescue
•Transportation Incidents –Traffic Incident Management
•Catastrophic Weather Events –Tornados, Storms, Hail, Lightning, Floods & Heat
•Special Events
•Emergency Management
248
Partnerships and Public Education
Partnerships
•Westlake Academy
•Westlake Area Network Group
(WANG)
•Northeast Fire Department
Association
•North Tarrant Regional ???
Initiatives
•Offer CPR and Stop the Bleed
Training
•Offer car seat inspections
•Offer home safety inspections
•Fire Extinguisher
demonstrations
•Annual Open House
•Station Tours
249
What does
the
community
say about us?
•Very caring and attentive.
They represent the best of our
community. 2/11/2024
04:49 PM
•They were so great at helping
me with my car seat. Such
nice men, glad we have them!
2/15/2024 11:52 AM
•I wish I’ll never have to need
your services, but if I ever
do… You have our complete
trust and respect. 4/29/2024
10:24 AM
250
Threats
Non-Competitive
Compensation
System
Attrition Insufficient
Staffing
Unfunded Capital
Equipment
251
Non-Competitive Compensation System
•All fire department personnel are drastically
below market
•We need a current salary market analysis
•We need a comprehensive pay policy
•We need a current adopted competitive pay
plan
City of Lewisville
Example:
Firefighter/Paramedic left our organization in
December of 2023 to Lewisville FD.
Westlake paid him a salary of $67,995.00 (2-
year firefighter)
Lewisville offered him lateral pay of
$90,458.34
Difference: $22,463.34 (33%)
252
Non-Competitive Compensation
System
Westlake Flower
Mound Lewisville Southlake
Flower
Mound,
Lewisville, &
Southlake
Average
Difference
between Average
& Westlake
Firefighter/EMT - Step 1 $59,987.20 $76,148.80 $74,460.15 $63,324.68 $71,311.21 $11,324.01
Firefighter/Paradic -
Step 1 $64,093.12 $80,167.80 $77,460.15 $78,459.28 $78,695.74 $14,602.62
Firefighter/Paramedic -
Step 5 $70,179.20 $90,242.88 $90,023.93 $86,582.04 $88,949.62 $18,770.42
Driver Engineer - Step
1 $86,136.96 $102,327.68 $103,160.19 $97,545.94 $101,011.27 $14,874.31
Lieutenant - Step 1 $94,057.60 $110,519.55 $110,519.55 $16,461.95
Captain - Step 1 $98,512.96 $124,371.52 $120,321.77 $122,346.65 $23,833.69
Sample Comparison
253
Non-Competitive Compensation
System
Common public safety
incentive pays offered by
other cities
Incentive Pays Other Cities Town of Westlake
Longevity Pay Yes No
Certification Pay Yes No
Education Based Pay Yes No
Out of Class Pay/Interim Status
Pay Yes No
Standby/On-call Pay Yes No
Tuituion Reimbursement Yes No
Paramedic Pay Some No
Assignment Pay: FTO, MICU, etc.Some No
254
Attrition
Disruptive
Hardship
Time
Energy
Lost knowledge
Lost Experience
Very Costly
Facts:
•12 personnel replaced in
4.5 years
•10 hiring process
completed
•Hiring process takes 4
months
255
Insufficient Staffing - Independent Studies
Three independent services recommended more personnel and
resources
1. Mike Pietsch, P.E. Consulting Services, Inc. (ISO Evaluation, 2013)
•Westlake have in service two (2) engine companies and one (1) ladder truck company
deployed from two (2) fire stations
•Note: Company implies both the apparatus and staffing required to operate the apparatus
•Largest deficiency were the result of insufficient engine company staffing and no ladder
company (2013 and 2017)
2. Comprehensive Plan Update, Mesa Planning (2015)
•Identified Westlake will need 27 firefighters at build out, which does not include the
driver/engineers, company officers, battalion chiefs, or ambulance staffing
•At build out, it is estimated the total fire personnel is 56 (2 Engines, 2 MICUs, 1 Truck, &
Administration)
•Two fire stations and illustrates one station located at Dove Road and Davis Blvd, and a
second fire station located near Hwy 170 and Roanoke Road
256
Insufficient Staffing - Independent Studies
3. Community Risks Assessment/Standards of Cover, ESCI (2020)
Current Recommendations
•Four personnel is critical for firefighting operational tasks
•First-arriving companies staffed with three and four firefighters are more efficient
•Add one (1) Fire Inspector/Public Education Coordinator
•Add one (1) Shift Commander/Training Battalion Chief
•Add one (1) ladder truck with 4 personnel
Future Recommendations
•Add second station with training facility at or around 2050 Roanoke Rd. to
improve total response time goals of 9:20 90% of the time
•Add one (1) ALS engine for Station 2 with four (4) personnel
•Add one (1) Ambulance (MICU) with two (2) personnel
257
Insufficient Staffing - Industry Best Practices
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
NFPA 1710: Organization and Deployment of Fire Suppression Operations
•First arriving company must consist of four (4) firefighters
NFPA 1730: Organization and Deployment of Fire Prevention Inspection and Code Enforcement
•Add a Fire Inspector based on workload calculations
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Four-person crews are able to complete time-critical fireground tasks 25% faster than 3-person crews
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
2-in /2-out Rule
Two firefighters in Immediate Danger to Life and Health (IDLH) and two firefighters outside prepared to
perform rescue operations
258
Insufficient
Staffing –
Structure Fire
Westlake Fire-EMS Dept.
Engine: 2 personnel
Ambulance: 2 personnel
Challenges:
Engine staffing
Ambulance availability
Mutual aid availability
Arrival time of resources
Common Responsibilities for
Residential Structure Fire
Initial Full Alarm Assignment 10,000 ft2
Incident Commander 1
Water Supply Operator 1
2 Application Hose Lines 4
1 Support member per line 2
Victim Search and Rescue Team 2
Ground Ladder Deployment 2
Aerial Device Operator 1
Incident Rapid Intervention Crew (4 FF)3/4
Safety Officer 1
Medical 2
Total 19/20
259
Insufficient Staffing – Motor Vehicle Accident
Critical Tasks
•Incident Command
•Scene Safety
•Vehicle Stabilization
•Patient Care
•Fire Control
•Patient Extrication
•Hazardous Materials
260
Insufficient
Staffing – Medical
Emergency (CPR)
Critical Tasks
•Scene Safety
•Airway
•Compressions
•IV/IO Drugs
•Cardiac Monitoring
•Lead Medic
•Patient Moving & Transport
•Bystanders (e.g., family)
261
Unfunded Capitol Equipment and Vehicle Repalcement Plan
Capital
Equipment Plan
•Cardiac
Monitors
•Portable Radios
•Bunker Gear
(PPE)
•Lucas Device
(CPR
compression
machine)
Apparatus
Replacement Plan
•Ambulances
•Engines
•Attack trucks
•Support vehicles
262
Critical Needs -Solutions
Implemented Competitive Pay Plan
Three (3) additional Firefighter/Paramedics (one per shift)
One (1) Engine Replacement
263
Future Needs
•Three (3) additional Firefighter/Paramedics (one per shift) - Engine
•One (1) Ladder Truck
•Four (4) Firefighter/Paramedics – Ladder Truck
•One (1) Fire Inspector
•One (1) Fire Inspector Vehicle
•One (1) Emergency Management Coordinator
•One (1) Shift Commander
•Second Fire Station Site
264
Closing Remarks
We strive to be the best we can be
We deliver a broad range of services
We are highly skilled and efficient at what we do
We lack the resources to effectively and safely deliver
emergency services
The industry experts supports more staffing and resources
265
2000 Dove Rd. ~Westlake, Texas 76262
Direct: 817.490.5786 ~ Fax: 817.431.9633 ~ E-mail: jard@westlaketx.gov
TOWN OF WESTLAKE
FIRE-EMS DEPARTMENT
Engine Replacement Justification 2024
Industry Guides
For fire apparatus replacement, local best practice utilizes a 10/10 method. The fire
apparatus’ 20 year life cycle would be in frontline status for 10 years and then placed in
reserve status for 10 years. The Town’s vehicle replacement policy states a fire apparatus
life span should be 20 years. It also states, “front-line life span of the Engine is 15 years
and has a reserve lifespan for an additional five years”.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) states that frontline apparatus should be
moved to reserve status after 15 years of service and placed in reserve status. NFPA also
states apparatus over 25 years old should be replaced.
The 2020 Community Risks Assessment: Standard of Cover for Westlake Fire-EMS
Department states that the life expectancy for an engine is 20 years (Figure 1). It is
important to note that age is not the only factor for evaluating serviceability and
replacement. Vehicle mileage and hours on engines must also be taken into consideration.
Figure 1
266
2000 Dove Rd. ~Westlake, Texas 76262
Direct: 817.490.5786 ~ Fax: 817.431.9633 ~ E-mail: jard@westlaktx.gov
A common tool utilized in the industry to evaluate vehicle replacement is listed in Figure 2.
Figure 2
Current Condition
Currently, we have two fire engines. The 2003 model (21 years old) is our reserve engine,
while the other engine is a 2015 model (9 years old) in frontline status.
Engine #1401 (21 years old)
Age: 2003 21
Miles/Hours: 10,253hrs./116,119miles 11
Service: Pumper 5
Condition: Average condition 3
Reliability: Average Reliability 3
Total Points: ------- 43
The point value illustrates: Immediate Replacement
While repair costs have been manageable, the larger concern is the availability of parts.
Numerous times we have encountered challenges related to replacement of broken parts
that have simply worn out. Additionally, and equally concerning is the out of ser vice (OOS)
time and frequency related to difficult repairs. OOS time creates challenges when the
frontline apparatus goes OOS for repair at the same time. At that point, we have no other
engines for structural firefighting and vehicle extrication.
267
2000 Dove Rd. ~Westlake, Texas 76262
Direct: 817.490.5786 ~ Fax: 817.431.9633 ~ E-mail: jard@westlaktx.gov
Benefits to funding and Consequences to Not funding
Benefits: Purchasing a fire engine will improve safety, improve operational effectiveness
with a more reliable and dependable fleet, and secure current costs or financing.
Consequences: As reserve unit ages, fleet costs will naturally increase with more downtime
associated with necessary repairs and routine maintenance —sometimes because of parts
obsolescence. Regardless of its net effect on current apparatus costs, the defe rral of
replacement purchases unquestionably increases future replacement spending needs and
may impact overall operational capabilities impacting safe and efficient use of the
apparatus.
Important Notes
Manufactures have reported the lead time for delivery of any engine is approximately 24
months to 40 months. With that in mind, ordering this fall would allow us to receive the
engine in late 2026 or late 2027, which would position us better with a new apparatus and a
well-maintained backup engine.
Inflation costs are increasing at a rate of approximately eight percent and purchasing now
would provide overall savings due to securing the current price.
Recommendations
Based on the age and condition, industry best practice, and nationally recognized
standards, we are seeking to replace the 2003 engine and place the 2015 engine in
reserve status.
268
Vehicle Purchase/Replacement Schedule
Vehicle Unit #Year Model
FY24/25 FY 25/26 FY 26/27 FY 27/28 FY 28/29 FY 29/30 FY 30/31 FY 31/32 FY 32/33 FY 33/34 FY 34/35 FY 35/36 FY 36/37 FY 37/38
Fire Engine 1401 2003
20 Year Life: 10 Frontline/10
Reserve 1,300,000$
Ambulance 1404 2012
14 Year Life: 7 Frontline/7
Reserve 500,000$
Fire Attack (Brush Truck)1405 2012 20 Year Life: Chassis Remount 400,000$
Fire Engine 1408 2015
20 Year Life: 10 Frontline/10
Reserve 1,500,000$
Fire Chief Tahoe 1409 2017 10 Year Life 75,000$
Ambulance 1410 2019
14 Year Life: 7 Frontline/7
Reserve 600,000$
Deputy Chief F150 1411 2022 10 Year Life 85,000$
UTV 1413 2022 20 Year Life
Ladder Truck 20 Year Life: 10 Frontline/10
Reserve 2,400,000$
269
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:WA RES 25-03 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.3.
ACADEMY STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Discuss, consider and act regarding WA Resolution 25-03 adopting the Westlake Academy Academic Calendar
for School Year 2025-2026 (Head of School Dr. Kelly Ritchie)
STAFF:Dr. Kelly Ritchie, Head of School
BACKGROUND:
The Westlake Academy Administrative Team has reviewed and is proposing the approval of the 2025-2026
Academic Calendar.
DISCUSSION:
In November,a committee of Westlake Academy teachers and staff members was formed to develop two drafts
of the 2025-2026 academic calendar.The group’s main task was to gather feedback from staff on the
effectiveness of the current late-start Wednesdays and to identify areas where the calendar could be innovated.
By considering input from various stakeholders,the committee aimed to design a more effective and flexible
academic schedule that better supports both students and staff,while fostering continued growth and
improvement at the academy.
In addition,the Westlake Academy community was asked to respond to a survey indicating their preference to
retain late state Wednesdays.The staff and community surveys indicated a slight majority preference to
continue with late start Wednesdays for the 2025-2026 school year.It is our recommendation that the board
approve Draft 2 and take appropriate action.
FISCAL IMPACT:
None.
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
The administration met and reviewed all feedback and have found Draft 2 to reflect the current preference of
the overall community to continue with late start Wednesdays.It is our recommendation that the board approve
Draft 2 and take appropriate action.
ATTACHMENT(S):
Resolution WA 25-03
Draft 1 Proposed SY 25-26 Academic Calendar
Draft 2 Proposed SY 25-26 Academic Calendar
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™270
File #:WA RES 25-03 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.3.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES ACTION/OPTIONS:
1)Motion to approve
2)Motion to amend with the following stipulations (please state stipulations in motion)
3)Motion to table
4)Motion to deny
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™271
Resolution WA 25-03
Page 1
WESTLAKE ACADEMY
WA RESOLUTION NO. 25-03
A RESOLUTION OF THE WESTLAKE ACADEMY BOARD OF TRUSTEES
ADOPTING THE WESTLAKE ACADEMY ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR SCHOOL
YEAR 2025-2026
WHEREAS, Westlake Academy’s mission is to provide students with an internationally
minded education of the highest quality, so they are well- balanced life-long learners; and
WHEREAS, The Academy’s Academic Calendar is one of the tools that the Academy
utilizes to fulfill this mission; and
WHEREAS, Approving the Westlake Academy Academic Calendar for School Year
2025-2026 is necessary in order for the Academy to be in compliance with State attendance
requirements; and
WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees finds that the passage of this Resolution is in the best
interest of the citizens of Westlake as well as the students, their parents, and faculty of Westlake
Academy.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF
WESTLAKE ACADEMY:
SECTION 1: That all matters stated in the recitals hereinabove are found to be true and
correct and are incorporated herein by reference as if copied in their entirety.
SECTION 2: That, the Board of Trustees Westlake Academy, hereby approves and adopts
the amended Westlake Academy Academic Calendar for School Year 2025-2026 attached to this
resolution as Exhibit “A”.
SECTION 3: If any portion of this Resolution shall, for any reason, be declared invalid
by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions
hereof and the Council hereby determines that it would have adopted this Resolution without the
invalid provision.
SECTION 4: That this resolution shall become effective from and after its date of
passage.
272
Resolution WA 25-03
Page 2
PASSED AND APPROVED ON THIS 3rd DAY OF FEBRUARY 2025.
___________________________________
Kim Greaves, President
ATTEST:
________________________________ ___________________________________
Dianna Buchanan, Board Secretary Dr. Kelly Ritchie, Head of School
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
________________________________
Janet S. Bubert or L. Stanton Lowry,
School Attorney
273
Updated Copy of 25-26 School Calendar Draft 1
1/30/2025
Yearly Calendar
Year
2025 Year:
Month
8 Month:
Westlake Academy Draft 1
Academic Calendar 2025-2026 August
July 30-August 1- New Hire Days / PLED Day
August 4-7: Teachers PD
August 8: Teachers Work Day (TWD)
August 2025 1 September 2025 2 October 2025 3 August 8: Whole School Back to School Night
S M T W Th F Sa S M T W Th F Sa S M T W Th F Sa August 13: Teachers Work Day (TWD)
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 August 14: First Day of School/Start of Q1
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 September
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Labor Day/No School
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 September 24: Teachers PD
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 October
31 12 20 20.5 October 9: End of Q1
October 10: AM PD & PM Teachers Work Day (TWD-Remote)
November 2025 4 December 2025 5 January 2026 6 October 13: Columbus Day/No School
S M T W Th F Sa S M T W Th F Sa S M T W Th F Sa October 15: PYP Conference - No School PYP only
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 November
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 November 21: Grandparents Day (PYP) Students Half Day/ Staff PM PD
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 November 24-28: Thanksgiving Break
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 December
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 December 17-18: MOY exams - Students Half Day/PM Teachers Work Day
30 14.5 12 17 December 18: End of Q2
December 19: Teachers Work Day (TWD-Remote)
February 2026 7 March 2026 8 April 2026 9 December 22-31: Winter Break
S M T W Th F Sa S M T W Th F Sa S M T W Th F Sa January
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 January 1-2: Winter Break
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 January 5 and 6: Teachers PD
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 January 19: MLK Holiday/No School
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 February
29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 February 16: Presidents Day/No School
18 16 20 February 25: Teachers PD / Bad Weather make up day
March
May 2026 10 June 2026 11 July 2026 12 March 12: End of Q3
S M T W Th F Sa S M T W Th F Sa S M T W Th F Sa March 13: Teachers Work Day (TWD)
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 March 16-20: Spring Break
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 April
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 April 3: No School/Bad Weather Day
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 April 6: Easter Monday / No School
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 May
31 14.5 0 0 May 4-21: EOY Testing window
May 21: End of Q4/Last Day of School - Students Half Day/PM Teachers Work Day
First / Last Day of School Bad weather day & Flex Work day for staff (if needed)May 22: Teacher Work Day (TWD)
No School Senior Commencement TBC May 24: Senior Commencement TBC
Professional Day - Student Holiday Student Half day & Teacher work day May 25: Memorial Day Holiday
Teacher Work Day PYP Conferences and Half Day (PYP only)May 26-28: PLED Day
Teacher Work Day (Remote)
274
27
5
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:WA RES 25-02 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.4.
ACADEMY STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Discuss, consider and act regarding WA Resolution 25-02 to add one additional section of 4th grade for School
Year 2025-2026 and one section of Pre-K (4 year old) class for School Year 2025-2026 (Dr. Kelly Ritchie,
Head of School)
STAFF:Dr. Kelly Ritchie, Head of School
BACKGROUND:
In response to the Baker Tilly report,which identified opportunities for increased revenue generation,Westlake
Academy decided to add an additional 4th grade class and a new Pre-K (4)class.These additions were
designed not only to meet growing demand but also to strengthen enrollment and enhance the academy’s
financial sustainability, creating more opportunities for both students and the institution.
DISCUSSION:
Adding a 4th grade class to Westlake Academy will help accommodate the growing demand for enrollment,
addressing the current waitlist and providing more opportunities for students.By expanding the grade offering,
the Academy can reduce waitlist pressures while maintaining its commitment to smaller class sizes and
personalized attention.This addition also supports the Academy’s long-term growth and sustainability by
mitigating the impact of the attrition that often occurs after 5th and 8th grades.
The addition of a Pre-K (4)class at Westlake Academy comes in direct response to a growing need for quality
early childhood education within our community.As more families in the area seek structured learning
environments for their young children,the demand for pre-kindergarten programs has steadily increased.By
offering this new class,the Academy not only addresses this need but also reinforces its commitment to
providing educational excellence at every stage of a child’s academic journey.A Pre-K program will offer
foundational learning experiences that help prepare young students for success as they transition into
Kindergarten and beyond.
This new Pre-K class will serve as a pilot program and will allow time to assess the level of interest and the
effectiveness of early childhood education as an ancillary private offering to the Academy’s current framework.
The Pre-K program would be a standalone private institution,Westlake Day School,separate from Westlake
Academy’s charter school structure.This expansion of services would allow for further growth and
specialization,offering more families in the community access to a premium early childhood education option.
By establishing the Pre-K as a separate,private entity,it allows for funding and revenue generation.The
success of this pilot class could be the first step in positioning Westlake as a leader in both K-12 and early
childhood education in the region.
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™276
File #:WA RES 25-02 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.4.
FISCAL IMPACT:
4th Grade Class: one additional teacher (salary and benefits)
Pre-K Class:curriculum,furniture,materials -approx.$20,000;salaries associated with this venture
(leadership, teacher, and paraprofessional)-approx. $100,000.
Both of these initiatives will have positive net financial impacts of approx.$200,000 during the 25-26 SY.
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
The administration met and reviewed the information from the Baker Tilly report.We recommend approval of
WA Resolution 25-02 authorizing the addition of an additional 4th grade classroom for SY 25-26 and an
addition of a private Pre-K (4 year old) class for SY 25-26.
ATTACHMENT(S):
None.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES ACTION/OPTIONS:
1)Motion to approve
2)Motion to amend with the following stipulations (please state stipulations in motion)
3)Motion to table
4)Motion to deny
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™277
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:RES 25-06 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.5.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Discuss,consider and act to approve Resolution 25-06,a Resolution by the Town Council of the Town of
Westlake,Texas,approving the participation of the Town in the Texas Enterprise Zone Program pursuant to the
Texas Enterprise Zone Act,Chapter 2303 of the Texas Local Government Code,as amended;nominating
Charles Schwab &Co.,Inc.to the Governor’s Office for Economic Development and Tourism as a Triple
Jumbo Enterprise Project through the Economic Development Bank;and authorizing the Town Manager or
Designee to execute any related documents in support of that nomination.(Jason Alexander,AICP,CEcD,
Deputy Town Manager)
STAFF:Jason Alexander, AICP, CEcD, Deputy Town Manager
BACKGROUND:
Pursuant to Ordinance No.946 ---adopted by the Town Council on April 25,2022,the Town of Westlake found
that Charles Schwab &Co.,Inc.,met the criteria established by the provisions of Chapter 2303,Subchapter F,
of the Texas Enterprise Zone Act (the “Act”)to request nomination as an “Enterprise Project”as such is defined
in the Act.
To receive additional economic development incentives through the Economic Development Bank (the “Bank”)
in the Office of the Governor Economic Development and Tourism,the Town of Westlake must nominate a
“Qualified Business” as such is defined in the Act.
By Ordinance No.946,the Town of Westlake nominated Charles Schwab &Co.,Inc.,as a Qualified Business;
and,as such,Charles Schwab and Co.,Inc.,is eligible for additional economic development incentives offered
through the Bank.The focus of the economic development incentives offered through the Bank is a refund of
the State sales and use tax to “encourage private investment and job creation in economically distressed areas.”
As Charles Schwab &Co.,Inc.,is a globally recognized leader in investment and related financial services,it is
growing and would be eligible to receive additional economic development incentives and benefits from the
Bank if nominated by the Town of Westlake.Should the Bank ---with a nomination from the Town of Westlake
vis-à-vis Resolution No.25-06 ---provide additional economic development incentives and benefits to support
the expansion of Charles Schwab &Co.,Inc.,the State would also be investing in the continued economic
development and economic growth of Westlake.The increase in employment opportunities would encourage
increased investment from new businesses including lodging, restaurant, and retail users.
As presented,Resolution No.25-06 would nominate Charles Schwab &Co.,Inc.to the Bank as a Triple Jumbo
Enterprise Project,meaning that the company would be eligible to receive the maximum refund allocation per
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™278
File #:RES 25-06 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:G.5.
Enterprise Project,meaning that the company would be eligible to receive the maximum refund allocation per
job created.It should be noted that the State would refund up to $7,500.00 per each job created up to a
maximum amount of $3,750,000.00.This refund does not impact ---nor does it reduce ---any of the portion of
sales and use tax collected and distributed to the Town of Westlake.The refunds will come directly from the
State’s portion of the sales and use tax collected.
DISCUSSION:
A resolution nominating Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., as Triple Jumbo Enterprise will not impact the portion of
the sales and use tax collected by the Town of Westlake.
FISCAL IMPACT:
N/A.
OFFICE OF THE TOWN MANAGER RECOMMENDATION:
The Office of the Town Manager recommends approval of the Resolution as presented.
ATTACHMENT(S):
1.Resolution 25-06
TOWN COUNCIL ACTION / OPTIONS:
1)Motion to approve;
2)Motion to approve with amendments;
3)Motion to deny; or
4)Motion to table to a specific date.
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™279
RESOLUTION 25-06
Page 1
TOWN OF WESTLAKE
RESOLUTION NO. 25-06
A RESOLUTION BY THE TOWN COUNCIL OF THE TOWN OF WESTLAKE, TEXAS,
APPROVING THE PARTICIPATION OF THE TOWN IN THE TEXAS ENTERPRISE
ZONE PROGRAM PURSUANT TO THE TEXAS ENTERPRISE ZONE ACT, CHAPTER
2303 OF THE TEXAS LOCAL GOVERNMENT CODE, AS AMENDED; NOMINATING
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO., INC. TO THE GOVERNOR’S OFFICE FOR ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT AND TOURISM AS A TRIPLE JUMBO ENTERPRISE PROJECT
THROUGH THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT BANK; AND AUTHORIZING THE
TOWN MANAGER OR DESIGNEE TO EXECUTE ANY RELATED DOCUMENTS IN
SUPPORT OF THAT NOMINATION.
WHEREAS, the Town of Westlake previously passed and adopted Ordinance No. 946 on
April 25, 2022, electing to participate in the Texas Enterprise Zone Program, and that the local
economic development incentives offered under this Resolution are the same on this date as were
outlined in Ordinance No. 946; and
WHEREAS, the Office of the Governor for Economic Development and Tourism
(“GEDT”) through the Economic Development Bank (“Bank”) will consider Charles Schwab &
Co., Inc. as a triple jumbo enterprise project pursuant to a nomination and an application made by
the Town of Westlake, Texas; and
WHEREAS, the Town of Westlake, Texas desires to pursue and sustain the creation of a
proper economic and social environment in order to induce the investment of private resources in
productive business enterprises located within Westlake and to provide employment for residents
of enterprise zones and other economically disadvantaged individuals; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Chapter 2303, Subchapter F of the Texas Enterprise Zone Act,
Texas Government Code (the “Act”), Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. has applied to the Town of
Westlake, Texas for designation as a triple jumbo enterprise project; and
WHEREAS, the Town finds that Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. meets the criteria for
designation as a triple jumbo enterprise project under Chapter 2303, Subchapter F of the Act on
the following grounds:
1. Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. is a “qualified business” as such is defined under the
provisions of Section 2303.402 of the Act since it will be engaged in the active conduct of a trade
or business at a qualified business site within the governing body’s jurisdiction located outside of
280
RESOLUTION 25-06
Page 2
an enterprise zone and at least 35 percent of the business’ new employees will be residents of an
enterprise zone, economically disadvantaged individuals, or veterans; and
2. There has been and will continue to be a high level of cooperation between public,
private, and neighborhood entities within the area; and
3. The designation of Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. as a triple jumbo enterprise project
will contribute significantly to the achievement of the vision and plans of the Town of Westlake,
Texas for economic development and economic regeneration of the area; and
WHEREAS, the Town of Westlake, Texas finds that Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. meets
the criteria for tax relief and other economic development incentives adopted by the Town of
Westlake, Texas, and nominates Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. for a triple jumbo enterprise project
status on the grounds that it will be located at the qualified business site, will create a higher level
of employment, economic activity and stability; and
WHEREAS, the Town of Westlake, Texas finds it to be in the best interest of the
community to nominate Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. as a triple jumbo enterprise project, and that
such triple jumbo enterprise project designation will count as three (3) designations against the
total number of designations allocated to the Town of Westlake, Texas, pursuant to the Act.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE TOWN COUNCIL OF THE TOWN
OF WESTLAKE, TEXAS:
SECTION 1: That, all matters stated in the Recitals hereinabove are found to be true and
correct and are incorporated herein by reference as if copied in their entirety.
SECTION 2: That, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. is a “qualified business” as defined in
Sec. 2303.402 of the Act, and that Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. meets the criteria for designation
as a triple jumbo enterprise project, as set forth in the Sec. 2303, Subchapter F of the Act. The
triple jumbo enterprise project shall take effect on the date of designation of the triple jumbo
enterprise project by the agency and shall terminate five (5) years afterwards.
SECTION 3: That, the Town Council of the Town of Westlake, Texas, hereby nominates
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc to the Office of the Governor for Economic Development and Tourism
and further authorizes the Town Manager or designee to execute any related documents and pursue
any necessary procedures on behalf of the Town of Westlake.
SECTION 4: If any portion of this Resolution shall, for any reason, be declared invalid
by any court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions
hereof and the Town Council hereby determines that it would have adopted this Resolution without
the invalid provision.
281
RESOLUTION 25-06
Page 3
SECTION 5: That this Resolution shall become immediately effective from and after its
date of passage.
PASSED AND APPROVED ON THIS 3rd DAY OF FEBRUARY 2025.
_____________________________
Kim Greaves, Mayor
ATTEST:
________________________________
Dianna Buchanan, Town Secretary
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
________________________________
L. Stanton Lowry, Town Attorney
282
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:WA 25-102 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:H.1.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Discussion concerning recent conversations with multiple elected legislators regarding appropriate school
funding for Westlake Academy (Mayor Kim Greaves)
STAFF:Mayor Kim Greaves
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™283
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:25-33 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:I.1.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Section 551.071: Consultation with and legal advice from the Town Attorney regarding pending litigation -
Vertical Bridge v. Town of Westlake
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™284
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:25-34 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:I.2.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Section 551.087: Deliberation regarding Economic Development Negotiations to deliberate the offer of a
financial or other incentive to a business prospect:
a) Project ED 25-01, and
b) Project ED 25-02.
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™285
Town of Westlake
Staff Report
1500 Solana Blvd
Building 7, Suite 7100
Westlake, TX 76262
File #:25-37 Agenda Date:2/3/2025 Agenda #:I.3.
TOWN STAFF REPORT RECOMMENDATIONS
Section 551.073: Deliberation regarding prospective gifts related to Westlake Academy facilities.
Town of Westlake Printed on 1/31/2025Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™286